WO2015042869A1 - Switching method for terminal, base station and system - Google Patents

Switching method for terminal, base station and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015042869A1
WO2015042869A1 PCT/CN2013/084453 CN2013084453W WO2015042869A1 WO 2015042869 A1 WO2015042869 A1 WO 2015042869A1 CN 2013084453 W CN2013084453 W CN 2013084453W WO 2015042869 A1 WO2015042869 A1 WO 2015042869A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
base station
cell
information
handover request
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/084453
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
支玉亮
陈燕燕
奥鲁佛松⋅亨里克
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/084453 priority Critical patent/WO2015042869A1/en
Priority to CN201380001656.9A priority patent/CN104823482B/en
Publication of WO2015042869A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015042869A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0058Transmission of hand-off measurement information, e.g. measurement reports

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system. Background technique
  • Self Organizing Network (SON) technology is a network self-optimization technology.
  • the network optimizes network parameters through collected user information.
  • SON technology has many applications in network optimization.
  • One typical application is Mobile robustness is self-optimizing. That is, when the user equipment (UE, User Equipment) fails in the network or fails to switch, the network can analyze and count the failure information of a large number of user equipments, and then infer the cause of the failure of the user equipment, and further adjust the mobility parameters. By automatically optimizing the mobility parameters, you can avoid the same type of failure events in the network.
  • UE User Equipment
  • Ping-pong switching is also called short stay, although it does not cause the user equipment to drop calls, but it will cause a waste of network resources. For example, if the switching path of the user equipment is Cell l->Cell 2->Cell 3, after the user equipment switches to Cell 3, the base station to which the Cell 3 belongs will be based on the time when the user equipment resides in Cell 2, and the reason for the handover occurs. It is determined that the user equipment has ping-pong switching.
  • the source base station that is, the base station to which Cell 1 belongs in the above example
  • the source base station cannot perceive which type of user equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system, which enable a base station to optimize a type of terminal that generates ping-pong handover, and meet the requirements of mobile robustness self-optimization.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station; Receiving, by the first base station, the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the first base station receives the second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information And including identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
  • the first base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a first cell or a third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
  • the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and according to The switching data is optimized for mobility parameters.
  • the information that the terminal that is included in the first handover request information in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first Transmitting, by the base station, the first terminal history information of the second base station;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
  • the terminal, the M1 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the The SI interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID in a cell, the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first location, the terminal in the first cell a class identifier or a group identifier, and a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the terminal identifier or the group identifier indication in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal
  • the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the terminal is The identifier information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is a category identifier or a group identifier in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the seventh possibility in the first aspect In combination with the first aspect or the first possible or second possible or third possible or fourth or fifth possible or sixth possible possible possible implementation of the first aspect, the seventh possibility in the first aspect In the implementation,
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides another method for handover of a terminal, including: receiving, by a third base station, second handover request information sent by a second base station, where the second handover request information includes a terminal at a first base station Identification information in a cell, and identity information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal Switching, by the first cell of the first base station, to a second cell of the second base station;
  • the third base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the
  • the fourth cell of the third base station the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
  • the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station. Identification information.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second The identifier information in the cell is specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information The C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal identifier or the group identifier indication in the second cell Take At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal
  • the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
  • the second base station receives the first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the The second cell of the second base station, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the second base station sends the second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes And the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
  • the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response
  • the information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
  • the first switching The identification information of the terminal that is included in the first base station is specifically carried in the first terminal history information that is sent by the first base station to the second base station;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the second terminal history information is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not mark only or group labels only.
  • the terminal in the first cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first '
  • the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the terminal identifier or the group identifier in the first cell is used by the terminal At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the terminal is The identification information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the terminal is in the second small a C-RNTI in the area, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the seventh possibility in the third aspect In combination with the third aspect or the first possible second possibility of the third aspect or the third possible or the fourth or the fifth possible or the sixth possible implementation, the seventh possibility in the third aspect In the implementation,
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the first base station Receiving, by the first base station, the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal The second cell of the second base station is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
  • the first base station receives a handover report that is sent by the third base station to the first base station after determining that the terminal has ping-pong handover, and the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station Identification information in
  • the first base station identifies, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the information that the terminal that is included in the first handover request information in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first The base station sends the first terminal history information to the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
  • the terminal in the first cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first '
  • the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal
  • the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes:
  • a handover request sending unit configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • a handover response receiving unit configured to receive first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to a second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information,
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
  • a handover request receiving unit configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is located at the terminal. Describe the identification information in the second cell;
  • a resource allocation unit configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a first cell or a third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • a ping-pong judging unit configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal
  • an optimization unit configured to: when the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the switching data.
  • the information that the terminal that the first handover request information includes in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first Transmitting, by the base station, the first terminal history information of the second base station;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
  • the terminal in the first cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first '
  • the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the terminal is The identifier information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is a category identifier or a group identifier in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes:
  • a handover request receiving unit configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, where the terminal is located The identifier information in the second cell of the second base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the a second cell of the second base station;
  • a resource allocation unit configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a fourth cell of the third base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
  • a ping-pong judging unit configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal
  • a report sending unit configured to: when the third base station determines that the terminal has a ping-pong handover, send a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: the first end of the terminal in the first base station Identification information in the cell.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second The identifier information in the cell is specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least the following information The C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the second cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal
  • the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or non-guaranteed ratio Special rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes:
  • a handover request receiving unit configured to receive first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • a resource allocation unit configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and send first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the The second cell of the second base station, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • a handover request sending unit configured to send second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information And including the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. ;
  • a handover response receiving unit configured to receive second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover The request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
  • the first switching The identification information of the terminal that is included in the first base station is specifically carried in the first terminal history information that is sent by the first base station to the second base station;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the second terminal history information is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not mark only or group labels only.
  • the terminal in the first cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first '
  • the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the terminal identifier or the group identifier in the first cell is used by the terminal At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the terminal is The identification information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the terminal is in the second small a C-RNTI in the area, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the seventh possibility in the seventh aspect In combination with the first or second or the third or the fourth or the fifth or the sixth possible possible implementation of the seventh or seventh aspect, the seventh possibility in the seventh aspect In the implementation,
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • a handover request sending unit configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • a handover response receiving unit configured to receive first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to a second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, The terminal is handed over from the second cell of the second base station to the fourth cell of the third base station;
  • the report receiving unit is configured to receive, after the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, to the first base station a handover report, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in a first cell of the first base station;
  • an optimization unit configured to identify, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the information that the terminal that the first handover request information includes in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the The first base station sends the first terminal history information to the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
  • the terminal in the first cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first 'j, the area
  • the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal
  • the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a handover system of the terminal, where the handover system of the terminal includes: the first base station according to any one of the foregoing fifth aspects, and any one of the foregoing seventh aspects The second base station described in the item;
  • the third base station according to any one of the preceding aspects the second base station according to any one of the preceding seventh aspects, the first base station according to any one of the foregoing first eight aspects .
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
  • the processor performs the following steps: Transmitting, by the second base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the first handover request response information includes The resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the second base station Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the terminal The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell; allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sending a second handover to the second base station Requesting response information, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes that the first base station allocates the terminal Resource information;
  • the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs according to the handover data. Mobility parameter optimization.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a third base station, where the third base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
  • the processor performs the following steps:
  • the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station;
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
  • the processor performs the following steps:
  • first base station Receiving, by the first base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the target base station is the third base station or the first base station
  • the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell
  • the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identifier information in a cell
  • the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
  • the target base station Receiving, by the target base station, second handover request response information, and switching the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response information includes the target The resource information allocated by the base station to the terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
  • the processor performs the following steps:
  • the first handover request response information includes Resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal is from the second base station The second cell is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
  • the handover 4 includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station of Identification information;
  • the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages:
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the first
  • the handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover request information to the target base station,
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 7-b is a schematic diagram of a handover process of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a switching system of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal switching system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system, which enable a base station to optimize a type of terminal that generates ping-pong handover, and meet the requirements of mobile robustness self-optimization.
  • An embodiment of the method for switching a terminal of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a second base station.
  • a method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention is provided. It can include the following steps:
  • the second base station receives the first handover request information sent by the first base station.
  • the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell.
  • the method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the terminal.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • the identifier of the terminal, which is assigned by the first base station to the terminal may also be the type identifier (Type ID, Type IDentity) or group identifier of the terminal in the first ', the area. (Group ID, Group IDentity).
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first handover request information, so After receiving the first handover request information, the second base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
  • the first handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the first handover sent by the first base station to the second base station.
  • the request information further carries a cell ID (cell ID) of the first cell where the terminal is located.
  • cell ID a cell ID of the first cell where the terminal is located.
  • the cell identification information if the cell is a long term evolution (LTE) cell, the cell identity information may be represented as an ECGI (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier). Global identification), if the cell is a cell of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), cell identification information It can be expressed as a universal terrestrial radio access network source cell identifier (UTRAN Source Cell ID).
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 of the terminal in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: the X2 interface application protocol identifier (X2AP ID, X2 Application Protocol IDentity) of the terminal in the first 'j, the area, and the terminal is at the first Short Interface Access Control (Integrity) of the SI Interface Protocol (S1AP ID, SI Application Protocol IDentity) in the cell, and short medium access control-integrity (short MAC-I) in the first 'j.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • Ml is called Mobility Information and has been defined in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) standard specification, and will not be described here.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension (CRE, Cell Range Extension) terminal or a non-cell range extension (non-CRE) terminal;
  • CRE cell range extension
  • non-CRE non-cell range extension
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and may also refer to The four attributes of the terminal are displayed, and the attributes of the terminal that are indicated by the base station when the group identifier or the category identifier is assigned to the terminal are implemented in conjunction with a specific application scenario, and are not limited herein.
  • the identifier of the terminal (UE, User equipment, also referred to as user equipment) in the cell may be used to adjust mobility parameters of the first cell of the first base station and the second cell of the second base station ( Mobility Parameters ).
  • the second base station may initiate a mobility change request procedure (MOBILITY CHANGE REQUEST) to the first base station, where the identifier information of the UE in the cell, such as M1 or group ID, and the indication information of the cell,
  • the identifier in the cell is a parameter adjusted by the M1 and the group ID defined in the first cell, and is applicable to the UE in which the corresponding M1 or Group ID is allocated in the first node of the first base station.
  • the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
  • the second base station after receiving the first handover request information sent by the first base station, allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second base station to the terminal.
  • the first base station may switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information. , will not repeat them here.
  • the second base station After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the first handover request response information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station sends the resource.
  • the first base station After receiving the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the first handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal. To the second cell of the second base station.
  • the second base station sends second handover request information to the target base station.
  • the target base station is a third base station or a first base station.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the second handover request information includes The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal when the first base station switches the terminal from the first cell of the first base station to the second After the second cell in the base station, the terminal starts to camp in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the second cell.
  • the method for the second base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, and the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may also be the M1 information of the terminal in the second cell, and the second base station is allocated to the terminal.
  • the identifier of the terminal may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the second base station may send the second handover request information to the target base station, and the second base station carries the terminal in the second handover request information.
  • the identification information in the first cell of the first base station after the target base station receives the second handover request information, the target base station can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the target base station to which the handover is requested may specifically refer to the first base station or the third base station.
  • the target base station is the first base station
  • the target base station is a third base station. That is, the entire handover process of the terminal is: the first base station, the second base station, and the third base station.
  • the content of the second handover request information sent by the second base station is different when the target base station is the first base station or the third base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second The handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, that is, the second base station carries the identifiers of the terminal in the first cell and the second cell respectively in the second handover request information.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second cell. Identification information.
  • the identification information of the terminal carried by the second base station in the second handover request information has two implementation modes, one is that the identification information of the mobile terminal in the first cell, and the other is that the mobile terminal is in the first cell and the first Identification information in the second cell.
  • the second switching request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell, where the second terminal sends the second terminal history to the target base station.
  • Information That is, when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station, the second base station may identify the terminal in the first cell.
  • the information and the identification information in the second cell are carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the target base station.
  • the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell to the target base station and in the second cell.
  • the identification information in the middle can also be carried in the second base station Other interaction information sent to the target base station.
  • the second handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
  • the handover process of the terminal is the first cell of the first base station, the second cell of the second base station, the first cell of the first base station, and the identifier information of the terminal in the cell may be indicated as the target cell indication.
  • Information source cell indication information.
  • the two indications respectively indicate that the identification information of the terminal in the second handover request information is the first cell identifier of the UE in the first base station and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station may also be directly represented by the identifier information of the terminal in the target cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the source cell.
  • the two identifiers are used to indicate that the identifier information of the terminal is the first 'in the first base station, the area identifier, and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
  • the terminal M1 in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell. -I, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
  • the terminal group (UE Group) may be defined according to the capability of the UE.
  • the capability of the UE may be an anti-interference capability, a data transmission capability, and the like, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first base station, the second base station, and the third base station which are described in the embodiments of the present invention, are control nodes of the radio access network.
  • the radio access network node is an RNC (RNC Radio Network Controller).
  • the control node of the radio access network is an eNB (Evolved Node B Evolved Base Station).
  • the Wifi system it is an AP (Access Point).
  • the first base station, the second base station, and the third base station may belong to the same system, or may belong to different systems.
  • the system may be the system mentioned above, and may be other systems, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second base station and the first base station may be two base stations different in network format, and the first base station and the third base station may be the same base station in the network standard.
  • the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information.
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal. Specifically, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station for the terminal, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request response information includes the third base station as the terminal. Allocated resource information.
  • the target base station may allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and after allocating resources for the terminal, the target base station The resource allocated for the terminal is carried in the second handover request response information, and is sent to the second base station by using the second handover request response information, and the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the second base station can pass the second handover The request response information acquires the resource of the target cell allocated by the target base station to the terminal, and the second base station may handover the terminal to the target cell of the target base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the third base station is the target base station.
  • the first base station learns that the terminal has ping-pong handover by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell. And the mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a first base station.
  • the description may specifically include the following steps:
  • the first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station.
  • the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell.
  • the method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal.
  • the identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first handover request information, so the second After the base station receives the first handover request information, the second base station can obtain the terminal from Identification information in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
  • the first handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the first handover sent by the first base station to the second base station.
  • the request information further carries a cell ID (cell ID) of the first cell where the terminal is located.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 of the terminal in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: the X2 interface application protocol identifier (X2AP ID, X2 Application Protocol IDentity) of the terminal in the first 'j, the area, and the terminal is at the first Short Interface Access Control (Integrity) of the SI Interface Protocol (S1AP ID, SI Application Protocol IDentity) in the cell, and short medium access control-integrity (short MAC-I) in the first 'j.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension (CRE, Cell Range Extension) terminal or a non-cell range extension (non-CRE) terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
  • the first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
  • the second base station after receiving the first handover request information sent by the first base station, allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second base station to the terminal.
  • the first base station may switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information. , will not repeat them here.
  • the second base station After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the first handover request response information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station sends the resource.
  • the first base station After receiving the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the first handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal. To the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station receives second handover request information sent by the second base station.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the target base station of the terminal described herein is the first base station, that is, the entire handover process of the terminal is: the first base station, the second base station, and the first base station.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request packet.
  • the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell that is, the identification information of the terminal carried by the second base station in the second handover request information is implemented in two ways, one is carrying the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the other is the carrying terminal in the first cell and the first Identification information in the second cell.
  • the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station (ie, the first base station In the second terminal history information. That is, when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the first base station), the second base station may The information is carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the first base station), and the second base station may also carry the identifier information of the terminal to the target base station (ie, the first base station). The base station sends the other interaction information to the target base station (ie, the first base station).
  • the UE switches from the second cell of the second base station to the first cell of the first base station, and in the second handover message, may include the identifier information or the terminal of the terminal in the first cell. Identification information in the first cell and identification information of the second terminal. In addition, the identifier information of the first cell and the identifier information of the second cell may also be carried. The identification information of the cell may be represented as target cell indication information and source cell indication information. The two indications respectively indicate that the identifier information of the terminal in the second handover request information is the first cell identifier of the UE in the first base station and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station may also be directly represented by the identifier information of the terminal in the target cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the source cell.
  • the two identifiers are used to indicate that the identifier information of the terminal is the first 'in the first base station, the area identifier, and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
  • the second handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
  • the MI of the terminal in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
  • the MI of the terminal in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
  • the first base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station.
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal.
  • the target base station ie, the first base station
  • the target base station may be the terminal according to the second handover request information. Allocating resources, the first base station may allocate resources of the first cell or the third cell in the first base station, and after allocating resources for the terminal, the target base station (ie, the first base station) carries the resources allocated for the terminal.
  • the second handover request response message, and the second handover request response message After the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, the second base station can obtain the target cell allocated by the target base station to the terminal by using the second handover request response information. The second base station can handover the terminal to the target cell of the target base station.
  • the first base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs. In the embodiment of the present invention, after the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, the first base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred, where the first base station determines the terminal. For the manner of whether the ping-pong switching occurs, refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the first base station when the first base station determines that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal, the first base station acquires the identification information of the terminal in the first cell according to the second handover request information, and the first base station passes the terminal in the first The identification information in a cell, the first base station can learn the attributes of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station. And the mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the handover data, and the method for optimizing the mobility parameter of the terminal by the first base station can be referred to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, so that the terminal station that performs the ping-pong handover can be optimized. Therefore, it can meet the needs of mobile robust self-optimization.
  • the target base station determines whether the handover occurs, according to the terminal (UE) history information included in the second handover request message.
  • the UE history information the identifier of the camped cell of the UE is included, and the camp time of each cell is compared, and the target base station compares the camp time with the preset ping-pong switch time, if the camp time is less than the preset time, Then it is judged that a ping-pong switch has occurred.
  • a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a third base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a third base station.
  • the description may specifically include the following steps:
  • the third base station receives second handover request information sent by the second base station.
  • the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station sends the second handover request to the third base station. Before the information, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station.
  • the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. Then, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, and then the terminal starts to camp in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station allocates the terminal currently camping on the second cell. An identification message.
  • the second base station then transmits second handover request information to the target base station (i.e., the third base station described herein).
  • the target base station is the third base station
  • the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the method for the second base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, and the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may also be the M1 information of the terminal in the second cell, and the second base station is allocated to the terminal.
  • the identifier of the terminal may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the second base station may send the second handover request information to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), and the second base station
  • the second handover request information carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, so after the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein) receives the second handover request information, the target base station (ie, The third base station described herein can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the second handover request information includes a terminal in the first cell.
  • the identification information and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein).
  • the second base station when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), the second base station The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information in the second cell may be carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), of course, the second The base station transmitting the identity information of the terminal in the first cell and the identity information in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein) may also be carried in other interaction information sent by the second base station to the target base station. .
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
  • the terminal M1 in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell. -I, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
  • the third base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station.
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal. 303.
  • the third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred. In the embodiment of the present invention, the third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, and the manner in which the third base station determines whether the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal is not described in the prior art. .
  • the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station.
  • the handover message includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the third base station when the third base station determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred, the third base station obtains the identification information of the terminal in the first cell according to the second handover request information, and the third base station is in the first The identification information in a cell is carried in the handover report, and the third base station sends the handover report to the first base station. Then, the first base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station can learn the attribute of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify The switching data stored in the first base station is used, and the mobility parameter is optimized according to the handover data. For the method for optimizing the mobility parameter of the terminal by the first base station, refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the time when the UE initiates handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, and then sends a handover report to the UE This time may be based on the camping time of the second cell of the second base station of the UE included in the message of the second request and the time from the second cell of the second base station to the third cell of the third base station to the time of transmitting the handover report. Calculated.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station,
  • the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station goes to the third
  • the base station sends the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a method for handover of a terminal is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a third base station.
  • the description may specifically include the following steps:
  • the first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station.
  • the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station for the terminal, and after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station. Go to the fourth cell of the third base station.
  • steps 401 and 402 For a detailed description of the steps 401 and 402, refer to the descriptions in the foregoing step 201 and step 202 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
  • the difference from the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is that after the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station to the third base station.
  • the fourth cell is that after the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station to the third base station. The fourth cell.
  • the third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs, if the third base station determines that the terminal has occurred. Ping-pong switching, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station. Among them, switching The report includes: identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the first base station receives a handover report sent by the third base station to the first base station after determining that the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the handover information includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the handover report may carry a time when the UE sends a handover report after the UE initiates handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station receives the handover report sent by the third base station, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station by using the handover report.
  • the first base station identifies, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the first base station needs to send a handover to the UE after the UE initiates the handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station.
  • the time of the report to identify the handover data of the UE is the C-RNTI
  • the third base station when the third base station determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station obtains the identification information of the terminal in the first cell by using the handover report.
  • the first base station can obtain the identity information of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station can learn the attributes of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify the
  • the switching data is stored in the first base station, and the mobility parameter is optimized according to the handover data.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station.
  • the request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover.
  • the identification information of the terminal in the first cell may be obtained, and the first base station as the source base station of the terminal learns that the terminal has ping-pong switching, and finally, The first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a second base station, and the method for switching the terminal shown in FIG.
  • the handover method of the terminal described in FIG. 4 is different, and specifically includes the following steps: 501.
  • the second base station receives the handover request information sent by the first base station.
  • the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell.
  • the method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal.
  • the identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the handover request information, so the second base station receives After the handover request information, the second base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the identification information of the terminal included in the handover request information in the first cell of the first base station may be specifically carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
  • the handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the handover request information sent by the first base station to the second base station is further The cell ID of the first cell where the terminal is located is carried.
  • the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes the following information. At least one of: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell in the first cell.
  • the terminal M1 in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the first cell.
  • -L The class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first '", the zone.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
  • the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and sends the handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station.
  • the handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
  • the second base station after receiving the handover request information sent by the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second cell of the second base station to the terminal.
  • the first base station can switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information.
  • the second base station After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the handover request response information, and sends the response request response information to the first base station, where the first base station receives the first After the handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station. .
  • the second base station receives the measurement configuration parameter sent by the first base station.
  • the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, and the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time.
  • the first base station after the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, the first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the terminal pair The frequency point is measured and the measurement result is measured.
  • the measurement configuration parameters include the measurement threshold and the measurement time.
  • the second base station instructs the terminal to perform measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter.
  • the second base station may perform the measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, where the terminal may measure the preset frequency point.
  • the second base station receives the measurement result reported by the terminal, and sends a handover report to the first base station.
  • the handover report includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the terminal after the terminal measures the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, the terminal reports the measurement result to the second base station, and the second base station passes the terminal acquired from the handover request information at the first base station.
  • the identification information in the first cell is carried in the handover report, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station.
  • the handover report is specifically to switch the premature information. If the terminal does not switch at the end of the measurement time and the measurement result exceeds the measurement threshold, the handover report is specifically unnecessary to switch information.
  • the handover report may further include a time interval during which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where
  • the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station switches the terminal.
  • Go to the second cell of the second base station and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, the second base station instructs the terminal to measure the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, and the second base station receives the measurement result reported by the terminal.
  • the first base station sends a handover report.
  • the first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a method for switching a terminal is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and the method for switching the terminal shown in FIG.
  • the method for switching the terminal is implemented based on different execution entities, and specifically includes the following steps:
  • the first base station sends handover request information to the second base station.
  • the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell.
  • the method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners.
  • the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal.
  • the identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the handover request information, so the second base station receives After the handover request information, the second base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first base station of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. In the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station, of course, the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, and may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. Other interaction information of the base station.
  • the handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the handover request information sent by the first base station to the second base station is further The cell ID of the first cell where the terminal is located is carried.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the category identifier or group identifier in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the terminal M1 in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the first cell.
  • -L The class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first '", the zone.
  • the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications.
  • the base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service.
  • the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal.
  • the terminal is a GBR terminal.
  • the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is
  • the attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited. 602.
  • the first base station receives the handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the handover request response information.
  • the handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
  • the second base station after receiving the handover request information sent by the first base station, allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second cell of the second base station to the terminal.
  • the first base station can switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, as described in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. .
  • the second base station After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the handover request response information, and sends the response request response information to the first base station, where the first base station receives the first After the handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station. .
  • the first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station.
  • the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, and the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time.
  • the first base station after the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, the first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the terminal pair The frequency point is measured and the measurement result is measured.
  • the measurement configuration parameters include the measurement threshold and the measurement time.
  • the first base station receives a handover report sent by the second base station.
  • the handover message includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the handover report may further include a time interval during which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
  • the first base station determines, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong switch.
  • the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information
  • the terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter
  • the terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal.
  • the first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied. To facilitate a better understanding and implementation of the foregoing solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the following application scenarios are specifically illustrated.
  • FIG. 7-a is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Cell 1, Cell 2, and Cell 3 belong to eNB1, eNB2, and eNB3, respectively.
  • the terminal (UE) passes through Cell 2 from Cell 1 to Cell 3, and undergoes two handovers.
  • the UE can be switched from Cell 1 to Cell. 2 is called the first handover, and the UE switching from Cell 2 to Cell 3 is called the second handover.
  • the eNB1 When the UE is switched from the Cell 1 to the Cell 2, the eNB1 sends the first terminal history information to the eNB2 in the handover process.
  • the first terminal history information may include: the identifier information of the Cell 1, the UE's camp time information in the Cell 1, and the UE.
  • the identifier information of the UE in the cell 1 may be the C-RNTI allocated by the UE in the Cell 1, the mobility information of the UE in the Cell 1 or the category/group identifier of the UE in the Cell 1, or any combination thereof.
  • the class/group identifier of the UE in Cell 1 is used to indicate the attribute information of the UE in Cell 1, such as a high-speed UE/low-speed UE, a GBR UE/non-GBR UE, a CRE UE/non-CRE UE, and a UE performing uplink service. / UE performing downlink services.
  • the eNB2 sends the second terminal history information to the eNB3, and the second terminal history information may include: the identifier information of the Cell 1, the dwell time information of the UE in the Cell 1, Cause information of the handover of the UE in Cell l, the UE's standard in Cell l Identification information, identification information of Cell 2, dwell time information of UE in Cell 2, cause information of handover of UE in Cell 2, identification information of UE in Cell 2.
  • the eNB3 determines, according to the received second terminal history information, that the time that the UE camps on the Cell 2 is less than the network preset value, and the reason for the two handovers is not all load balancing, the eNB3 concludes that the UE is from the Cell l- >Cell 2->Cell 3 has a ping-pong switch, and then sends a handover report to the eNB1, where the handover message includes the following information: the identification information of the cell 1, the identification information of the cell 2, the identification information of the UE in the cell 1, and If the identifier of the UE in the Cell 1 is the C-RNTI, it is also required to include the time from the handover of the UE to the handover of the Cell 2 to the handover report. If the identifier of the UE in the Cell 1 is the C-RNTI, the UE needs to include the handover from the UE. The time to send the Cell 3 to the switch report.
  • the eNB1 After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 identifies the eNB1 according to the identification information of the UE in the cell 1.
  • the context of the UE or part of the context information thereby identifying the attribute information of the UE, and subsequently performing handover parameter optimization for the UE.
  • Mode 1 In the terminal history information, only the information of the C-RNTI is included. If the UE of each type of attribute is in the cell l, the C-RNTI information may be identified by the C-RNTI information, and after the eNB1 receives the handover report, the eNB1 passes the C-RNTI and When the UE switches to Cell 2 to the time when the handover report is sent, the attribute information of the UE can be identified; or the eNB 1 passes the C-RNTI and the UE transmits from the handover to the Cell 3 to the handover report at the time when the UE camps on the Cell 2 At the time, the attribute information of the UE can be identified.
  • the terminal history information includes C-RNTI information and mobility information, where the mobility information may be set to an X2AP ID (or S1AP ID); after receiving the handover report, the eNB1 passes the C-RNTI and the X2AP ID (or S1AP ID) can uniquely identify the attribute information of the UE.
  • the terminal history information includes mobility information, and the mobility information of the UE may be set to the UE category/group identifier.
  • the eNB1 After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 can identify the attributes of the UE according to the category/group identifier. information.
  • the terminal history information includes mobility information, and the mobility information of the UE is set to a random value, where the random value is used to uniquely identify a UE. After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 can uniquely identify according to the random value. Out of the attribute information of the UE.
  • the terminal history information includes the UE category/group identifier.
  • the eNB1 can identify the attribute information of the UE according to the UE category/group identifier. It can be seen from the above description that after the eNB3 determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, the eNB3 sends a handover report to the eNB1, and the eNB1 can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1 by using the handover report, and the eNB1 learns the terminal as the source base station of the terminal. The ping-pong handover occurs.
  • the eNB1 can identify the handover data stored in the eNB1 according to the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • FIG. 7-b is a schematic diagram of a handover process of another terminal in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the macro cell is covered by the macro base station, and the micro cell is covered by the micro base station, and the UE switches from cell 1 to cell 2, and then switches back to cell 1.
  • the eNB1 can judge whether the UE has ping-pong switching according to the terminal history information, and further confirm the UE attribute information of the ping-pong handover, but does not need to send the handover report.
  • the eNB1 can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1 by using the handover report, and the eNB1 as the source base station of the terminal learns that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. Finally, the eNB1 can identify the identifier in the cell 1 according to the terminal. The information identifies the handover data stored in the eNB1, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal can be optimized for the ping-pong handover, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a base station 800 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 800 is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes:
  • the handover request receiving unit 801 is configured to receive first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • a resource allocation unit 802 configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information And transmitting, by the first base station, the first handover request response information, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, where the first handover request response information includes Decoding resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the handover request sending unit 803 is configured to send second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request The information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the target base station is the first base station
  • the second handover request information And including the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and an identifier of the terminal in the second cell Information
  • the handover response receiving unit 804 is configured to receive second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried by the first base station to be sent by the first base station to the second base station.
  • a terminal history information In a terminal history information
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the second terminal history information is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service Attributes;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the The S1AP ID in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal in the second cell C-RNTL
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station;
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine the terminal according to the second handover request information. Whether the ping-pong handover occurs, when the target base station is the first base station, the first base station can determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station, the first base station learns through the handover report sent by the third base station. The ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal. Finally, the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a base station 900 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 900 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • the handover request sending unit 901 is configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the handover response receiving unit 902 is configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
  • the handover request receiving unit 903 is configured to receive second handover request information that is sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second The handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
  • the resource allocation unit 904 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to
  • the first handover request response information of the first base station or the third cell of the first base station includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the ping-pong judging unit 905 is configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal;
  • the optimizing unit 906 is configured to: when the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, And performing mobility parameter optimization according to the switching data.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station.
  • the first terminal history information In the first terminal history information;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the S1AP ID in the second cell, short MAC-L in the second cell, the terminal a class identifier or a group identifier in the second cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell
  • the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station;
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a base station 1000 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 1000 is specifically a third base station, where the third base station includes:
  • the handover request receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the terminal is in the second The identification information in the second cell of the base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell to the second cell of the first base station a second cell of the base station;
  • the resource allocation unit 1002 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station The terminal switches to the fourth cell of the third base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
  • the ping-pong judging unit 1003 is configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal;
  • the report sending unit 1004 is configured to: when the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, send a handover message to the first base station, where the handover 4 report includes: the terminal is in the first base station Identification information in the first cell.
  • the second switching request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell is specifically carried in the The second base station sends the second terminal history information to the third base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
  • the terminal in the second cell, M1 includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the The S1AP ID in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal in the second cell C-RNTL
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the first cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station.
  • the request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data.
  • the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a base station 1100 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 1100 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • the handover request sending unit 1101 is configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the handover response receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
  • the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, Transmitting the terminal from the second cell of the second base station to the fourth cell of the third base station;
  • the report receiving unit 1103 is configured to receive, by the third base station, a handover report that is sent by the third base station to the first base station after the ping-pong handover is performed by the terminal, where the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first base station Identification information in a cell;
  • the optimization unit 1104 is configured to identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried by the first base station to be sent by the first base station to the second base station. In a terminal history information.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station.
  • the request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, that the terminal is If the ping-pong handover occurs, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell by using the handover report. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. Finally, the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a base station 1200 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 1200 is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes:
  • the handover request sending unit 1201 is configured to receive handover request information sent by the first base station, where the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the resource allocation unit 1202 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and send handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second The second cell of the base station, the handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the parameter receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive the measurement configuration parameter that is sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, where Measurement configuration parameters include measurement thresholds and measurement times;
  • the test instructing unit 1204 is configured to instruct the terminal to perform measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter
  • the result receiving unit 1205 is configured to receive the measurement result reported by the terminal, and send a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the handover report is specifically a handover. Premature information
  • the handover 4 is specifically unnecessary handover information.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a temporary identifier of a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell.
  • C-RNTL The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the handover report further includes: a time interval in which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information
  • the terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter
  • the terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal.
  • the first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal in which the ping-pong handover occurs, the type of the ping-pong handover can be terminated. The end is optimized to meet the needs of mobile robustness self-optimization.
  • a base station 1300 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base station 1300 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • the handover request sending unit 1301 is configured to send, to the second base station, handover request information, where the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the handover response receiving unit 1302 is configured to receive the handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the handover request response information, where the handover request response is
  • the information includes the resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal
  • the parameter sending unit 1303 is configured to send, to the second base station, a measurement configuration parameter, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the
  • the terminal measures the preset frequency point and reports the measurement result, where the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time;
  • the report receiving unit 1304 is configured to receive a handover report sent by the second base station, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in a first cell of the first base station;
  • the ping-pong judging unit 1305 is configured to determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong switch;
  • the optimizing unit 1306 is configured to: if the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the first base station to store Switching data, and performing mobility parameter optimization based on the switching data.
  • the identifier information included by the terminal in the first cell of the first base station includes the terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. in.
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
  • the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a category identifier or a group identifier in the cell, the terminal in the first 'area C-RNTL
  • the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the handover report further includes: a time interval in which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information
  • the terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter
  • the terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal.
  • the first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by the identification information of the terminal in which the ping-pong handover occurs, the terminal type in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a switching system 1400 for a terminal includes: a second base station 800 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG.
  • a handover system 1400 for a terminal includes: a second base station 800 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the third base station 1000 described in the embodiment, as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG.
  • a base station 1100 a base station 1100.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • a switching system 1400 for a terminal includes: a second base station 1200 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 12 and the foregoing figure.
  • the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information
  • the terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter
  • the terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal.
  • the first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program executes some or all of the steps described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the base station 1600 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • the input device 1601, the output device 1602, the processor 1603, and the memory 1604 (wherein the number of processors 1603 in the base station 1600 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 16 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1601, the output device 1602, the processor 1603, and the memory 1604 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the processor 1603 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • the first handover request response information includes The resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the second base station Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the terminal The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell; allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sending a second handover to the second base station Requesting response information, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes that the first base station allocates the terminal Resource information;
  • the first handover request information processed by the processor 1603 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the second The first terminal history information of the base station; the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the The second base station sends the second terminal history information to the first base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell. a class identifier or a group identifier in the first cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first ' ⁇ , zone
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1603 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is C-RNTI in the second cell.
  • the first handover request information processed by the processor 1603 is further The method includes: the identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the first cell of the first base station and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • the base station 1700 is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes:
  • the input device 1701, the output device 1702, the processor 1703, and the memory 1704 (wherein the number of processors 1703 in the base station 1700 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 17 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1701, the output device 1702, the processor 1703, and the memory 1704 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the processor 1703 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station;
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
  • the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, sends a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
  • the second handover request information processed by the processor 1703 includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. Specifically, it is carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is in the terminal C-RNTI in the second cell.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the second handover request information processed by the processor 1703 further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: The identification information of the first cell of the first base station and the identification information of the second cell of the second base station Interest.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station.
  • the request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data.
  • the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • the base station 1800 is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes:
  • the input device 1801, the output device 1802, the processor 1803, and the memory 1804 (wherein the number of the processors 1803 in the base station 1800 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 18 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1801, the output device 1802, the processor 1803, and the memory 1804 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the processor 1803 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • first base station Receiving, by the first base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
  • the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
  • the target base station is the third base station or the first base station
  • the second handover request information includes the terminal being The identifier information in the first cell and the identifier information in the second cell
  • the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identifier information in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
  • the target base station Receiving, by the target base station, second handover request response information, and switching the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response information includes the target The resource information allocated by the base station to the terminal.
  • the first handover request information processed by the processor 1803 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the In the first terminal history information of the second base station;
  • the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the second terminal history information is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell. Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell. a class identifier or a group identifier in the first cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first 'area
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell. Scope extended attributes, business attributes;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or Non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1803 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is in the terminal C-RNTI in the second cell.
  • the first handover request information processed by the processor 1803 further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: The identifier information of the first cell of the base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station.
  • the information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station.
  • the target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover.
  • the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station.
  • the first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station.
  • the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data.
  • the base station 1900 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
  • the input device 1901, the output device 1902, the processor 1903, and the memory 1904 (wherein the number of processors 1903 in the base station 1900 can be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 19 is taken as an example).
  • the input device 1901, the output device 1902, the processor 1903, and the memory 1904 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
  • the processor 1903 is configured to perform the following steps:
  • the first handover request response information includes Resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal is from the second base station The second cell is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
  • the handover 4 includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station Identification information;
  • the first handover request information processed by the processor 1903 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the The first terminal history information of the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell includes at least one of the following: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the M1 processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
  • the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
  • the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
  • the cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
  • the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
  • the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station.
  • the request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations.
  • the third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover.
  • the first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell.
  • the data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data.
  • the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, wherein the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be Physical unit, which can be located in one place, or it can be distributed Go to multiple network elements. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection between them, and specifically may be implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines.
  • the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware, and of course, through dedicated hardware, including an application specific integrated circuit, a dedicated CPU, a dedicated memory, Special components and so on.
  • functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with the corresponding hardware.
  • the specific hardware structure used to implement the same function can be various, such as analog circuits, digital circuits, or dedicated circuits. Circuits, etc.
  • software program implementation is a better implementation in more cases.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk of a computer.
  • a readable storage medium such as a floppy disk of a computer.
  • U disk mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to make a computer device
  • the method described in various embodiments of the present invention may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A switching method for a terminal, a base station and a system. A first base station sends first switching request information to a second base station, wherein the first switching request information comprises identification information about a terminal in a first cell of the first base station; and the second base station sends second switching request information to a target base station, wherein the second switching request information comprises identification information about the terminal in the first cell. The target base station may judge whether ping-pong switching occurs for the terminal according to the second switching request information, and when the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may judge that ping-pong switching occurs for the terminal, or when the target base station is a third base station, the first base station learns that ping-pong switching occurs for the terminal through a switching report sent by the third base station. Since the first base station may recognize switching data stored in the first base station through identification information about the terminal where ping-pong switching occurs, a class of terminals where ping-pong switching occurs may be optimized, and requirements of mobility robustness self-optimization may be satisfied.

Description

一种终端的切换方法和基站及***  Terminal switching method and base station and system
技术领域 Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信领域, 尤其涉及一种终端的切换方法和基站及系 统。 背景技术  The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system. Background technique
自组织网络( Self Organizing Network , SON )技术是一种网络自优化技术, 网络通过搜集的用户信息对网络参数进行优化调整, SON技术在网络优化方 面具有多种应用, 其中一种典型的应用就是移动健壮性自优化。 即用户设备 ( UE, User Equipment )在网络中发生无线链路失败或者切换失败时, 网络可 以分析统计大量用户设备的失败信息, 然后推断出用户设备发生失败的原因, 再进一步调整移动性参数。通过移动性参数的自动优化调整, 就可以避免网络 中再出现同类型的失败事件。  Self Organizing Network (SON) technology is a network self-optimization technology. The network optimizes network parameters through collected user information. SON technology has many applications in network optimization. One typical application is Mobile robustness is self-optimizing. That is, when the user equipment (UE, User Equipment) fails in the network or fails to switch, the network can analyze and count the failure information of a large number of user equipments, and then infer the cause of the failure of the user equipment, and further adjust the mobility parameters. By automatically optimizing the mobility parameters, you can avoid the same type of failure events in the network.
在网络中还存在一种和切换问题相关的场景, 即乒乓切换。乒乓切换也叫 短暂驻留 (short stay ), 虽然不会导致用户设备产生掉话, 但是会造成网络资 源的浪费。 例如, 假设用户设备的切换路径为 Cell l->Cell 2->Cell 3 , 在用户 设备切换到 Cell 3之后, Cell 3所属的基站会根据用户设备在 Cell 2驻留的时 间、发生切换的原因判断出用户设备发生了乒乓切换。在发生乒乓切换的场景 下, 通常源基站(即上述举例中 Cell 1所属的基站)中在同一时间会有多个用 户设备从源基站中切换出去,但是源基站无法感知哪一类型的用户设备发生了 乒乓切换,也就无法针对特定类型用户设备的移动性参数进行优化调整, 这也 就无法满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 发明内容  There is also a scenario related to the handover problem in the network, namely ping-pong handover. Ping-pong switching is also called short stay, although it does not cause the user equipment to drop calls, but it will cause a waste of network resources. For example, if the switching path of the user equipment is Cell l->Cell 2->Cell 3, after the user equipment switches to Cell 3, the base station to which the Cell 3 belongs will be based on the time when the user equipment resides in Cell 2, and the reason for the handover occurs. It is determined that the user equipment has ping-pong switching. In the scenario where ping-pong switching occurs, usually the source base station (that is, the base station to which Cell 1 belongs in the above example) has multiple user equipments switched out from the source base station at the same time, but the source base station cannot perceive which type of user equipment. When ping-pong switching occurs, it is impossible to optimize the mobility parameters of a specific type of user equipment, which cannot meet the requirements of self-optimization of mobile robustness. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种终端的切换方法和基站及***,能够使基站对发 生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优化, 满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  The embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system, which enable a base station to optimize a type of terminal that generates ping-pong handover, and meet the requirements of mobile robustness self-optimization.
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种终端的切换方法, 包括:  In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括 终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; 所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第 一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; The first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station; Receiving, by the first base station, the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换 请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求 信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区 中的标识信息;  The first base station receives the second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information And including identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
所述第一基站根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所 述第一基站的第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第 一基站为所述终端分配的资源信息;  The first base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a first cell or a third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
所述第一基站根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓 切换;  Determining, by the first base station, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover according to the second handover request information;
若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,所述第一基站根据所述终 端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根 据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  If the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and according to The switching data is optimized for mobility parameters.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中;  With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the information that the terminal that is included in the first handover request information in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first Transmitting, by the base station, the first terminal history information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第 一基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标识或组标识。  With reference to the first aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
结合第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 SI接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。 In conjunction with the second possible implementation of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal, the M1 in the first cell, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the The SI interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID in a cell, the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first location, the terminal in the first cell a class identifier or a group identifier, and a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第一方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal identifier or the group identifier indication in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal The terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区 中的类別标识或组标识。  With reference to the first aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal is The identifier information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is a category identifier or a group identifier in the second cell.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中,  In combination with the first aspect or the first possible or second possible or third possible or fourth or fifth possible or sixth possible possible implementation of the first aspect, the seventh possibility in the first aspect In the implementation,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 第二方面, 本发明实施例还提供另一种终端的切换方法, 包括: 第三基站接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息 包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二基站的第 二小区中的标识信息,在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送第二切换请求信 息之前, 所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小 区; The first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station. In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides another method for handover of a terminal, including: receiving, by a third base station, second handover request information sent by a second base station, where the second handover request information includes a terminal at a first base station Identification information in a cell, and identity information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal Switching, by the first cell of the first base station, to a second cell of the second base station;
所述第三基站根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所 述第三基站的第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息;  The third base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the The fourth cell of the third base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
所述第三基站根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓 切换;  Determining, by the third base station, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover according to the second handover request information;
若所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,所述第三基站向所述第一 基站发送切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区 中的标识信息。  If the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station. Identification information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二切换请 求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小 区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历 史信息中。  With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second The identifier information in the cell is specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information The C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第二方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the terminal identifier or the group identifier indication in the second cell Take At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal The terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,  In combination with the second aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation of the second aspect,
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种终端的切换方法, 包括:  In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息 包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The second base station receives the first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换到所 述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息;  The second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the The second cell of the second base station, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
所述第二基站向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,所述目标基站为第三基 站或所述第一基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包 括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标 识信息, 当所述目标基站为所述第一基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述 终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在 所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息;  The second base station sends the second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes And the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
所述第二基站接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第二切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标小区,所述第 二切换请求响应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。  The second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response The information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first switching The identification information of the terminal that is included in the first base station is specifically carried in the first terminal history information that is sent by the first base station to the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station. The second terminal history information.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标只或组标只。  With the third aspect or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not mark only or group labels only.
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal in the first cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first ' The short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第三方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal identifier or the group identifier in the first cell is used by the terminal At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区 中的类別标识或组标识。 With reference to the third aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal is The identification information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the terminal is in the second small a C-RNTI in the area, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第六种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中,  In combination with the third aspect or the first possible second possibility of the third aspect or the third possible or the fourth or the fifth possible or the sixth possible implementation, the seventh possibility in the third aspect In the implementation,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种终端的切换方法, 包括:  In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for switching a terminal, including:
第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括 终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第 一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息,在所述终 端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之后,所述终端 从所述第二基站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区;  Receiving, by the first base station, the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal The second cell of the second base station is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
所述第一基站接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后向所 述第一基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息;  The first base station receives a handover report that is sent by the third base station to the first base station after determining that the terminal has ping-pong handover, and the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station Identification information in
所述第一基站根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一 基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  The first base station identifies, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中。 结合第四方面或第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标识或组标识。 With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the information that the terminal that is included in the first handover request information in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first The base station sends the first terminal history information to the second base station. With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
结合第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the terminal in the first cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first ' The short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第四方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal The terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
第五方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所 述第一基站包括:  In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元, 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述第一切 换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  a handover request sending unit, configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二 小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息;  a handover response receiving unit, configured to receive first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to a second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息, 所 述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第 二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息; a handover request receiving unit, configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where The second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is located at the terminal. Describe the identification information in the second cell;
资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切 换到所述第一基站的第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括 所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息;  a resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a first cell or a third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元,用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了 乒乓切换;  a ping-pong judging unit, configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal;
优化单元, 用于当所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换时,根据所 述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  And an optimization unit, configured to: when the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the switching data.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中;  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the information that the terminal that the first handover request information includes in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first Transmitting, by the base station, the first terminal history information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第 一基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标识或组标识。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
结合第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the terminal in the first cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first ' The short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第五方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; In combination with the second possible or third possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the fourth in the fifth aspect In a possible implementation, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区 中的类別标识或组标识。  With reference to the fifth aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the terminal is The identifier information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is a category identifier or a group identifier in the second cell.
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第六种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式,在第五方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中,  Combining the fifth or fifth aspect of the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth or the fifth possible or the sixth possible possible implementation, the seventh possibility in the fifth aspect In the implementation,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
第六方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第三基站, 所 述第三基站包括:  In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes:
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息, 所述第 二切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所 述第二基站的第二小区中的标识信息,在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送 第二切换请求信息之前,所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二 基站的第二小区; a handover request receiving unit, configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, where the terminal is located The identifier information in the second cell of the second base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the a second cell of the second base station;
资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切 换到所述第三基站的第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站 为所述终端分配的资源信息;  a resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the a fourth cell of the third base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元,用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了 乒乓切换;  a ping-pong judging unit, configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal;
报告发送单元, 用于当所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换时, 向 所述第一基站发送切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息。  a report sending unit, configured to: when the third base station determines that the terminal has a ping-pong handover, send a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: the first end of the terminal in the first base station Identification information in the cell.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二切换请 求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小 区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历 史信息中。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second The identifier information in the cell is specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least the following information The C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第六方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第六方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the second cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal The terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or non-guaranteed ratio Special rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,  With reference to the sixth aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect,
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
第七方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第二基站, 所 述第二基站包括:  In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes:
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息, 所述第 一切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  a handover request receiving unit, configured to receive first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切 换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站 为所述终端分配的资源信息;  a resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and send first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the The second cell of the second base station, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
切换请求发送单元, 用于向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息, 所述目标基 站为第三基站或所述第一基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换 请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二 小区中的标识信息, 当所述目标基站为所述第一基站时, 所述第二切换请求信 息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括 所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识 信息;  a handover request sending unit, configured to send second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information And including the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. ;
切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第二切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标 小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息。  a handover response receiving unit, configured to receive second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover The request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first switching The identification information of the terminal that is included in the first base station is specifically carried in the first terminal history information that is sent by the first base station to the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station. The second terminal history information.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标只或组标只。  With reference to the seventh aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not mark only or group labels only.
结合第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the terminal in the first cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first ' The short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第七方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the terminal identifier or the group identifier in the first cell is used by the terminal At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区 中的类別标识或组标识。 With reference to the seventh aspect or the first possible or the second possible or the third possible or the fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the terminal is The identification information in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the terminal is in the second small a C-RNTI in the area, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第七方面的第五种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第六种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: An X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal in the second cell a class identifier or group identifier in the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能或第二种可能或第三种可能或第 四种或第五种可能或第六种可能的实现方式,在第七方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中,  In combination with the first or second or the third or the fourth or the fifth or the sixth possible possible implementation of the seventh or seventh aspect, the seventh possibility in the seventh aspect In the implementation,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
第八方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所 述第一基站, 包括:  The eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元, 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述第一切 换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  a handover request sending unit, configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二 小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息,在所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之 后, 所述终端从所述第二基站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区; 报告接收单元,用于接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后 向所述第一基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基 站的第一小区中的标识信息;  a handover response receiving unit, configured to receive first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to a second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, The terminal is handed over from the second cell of the second base station to the fourth cell of the third base station; the report receiving unit is configured to receive, after the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, to the first base station a handover report, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in a first cell of the first base station;
优化单元, 用于根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第 一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  And an optimization unit, configured to identify, according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一切换请 求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述 第一基站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中。 With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the information that the terminal that the first handover request information includes in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the The first base station sends the first terminal history information to the second base station.
结合第八方面或第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第二种 可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的 至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所 述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別 标识或组标识。  With reference to the eighth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information a type: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI in the first cell, a mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and a class of the terminal in the first cell Do not identify or group identification.
结合第八方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第三种可能的实现 方式中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述 终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一' j、区中的短 的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类 別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。  With reference to the second possible implementation of the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the terminal in the first cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: The X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal in the first 'j, the area The short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L is the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
结合第八方面的第二种可能或第三种可能的实现方式,在第八方面的第四 种可能的实现方式中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以 下内容中的至少一种:速率属性、 比特率属性、小区范围扩展属性、业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  With reference to the second possible or the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the category identifier or group identifier indication of the terminal in the first cell At least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension attribute, and a service attribute; wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; and the bit rate attribute indication of the terminal The terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
第九方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种终端的切换***, 所述终端的切换系 统, 包括: 如前述第五方面中任一项所述的第一基站和如前述第七方面中任一 项所述的第二基站;  The ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a handover system of the terminal, where the handover system of the terminal includes: the first base station according to any one of the foregoing fifth aspects, and any one of the foregoing seventh aspects The second base station described in the item;
或,如前述第六方面中任一项所述的第三基站、如前述第七方面中任一项 所述的第二基站、 如前述第一八方面中任一项所述的第一基站。  Or the third base station according to any one of the preceding aspects, the second base station according to any one of the preceding seventh aspects, the first base station according to any one of the foregoing first eight aspects .
第十方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所 述第一基站包括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器;  A tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤: 向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; The processor performs the following steps: Transmitting, by the second base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息;  Receiving, by the second base station, the first handover request response information, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes The resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括 所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述 终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; 根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第一基站的 第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息;  Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the terminal The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell; allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sending a second handover to the second base station Requesting response information, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes that the first base station allocates the terminal Resource information;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换;  Determining, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover;
若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,根据所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数 据进行移动性参数优化。  If the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs according to the handover data. Mobility parameter optimization.
第十一方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第三基站, 所述第三基站包括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器;  In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a third base station, where the third base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤:  The processor performs the following steps:
接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括终端 在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二基站的第二小区中 的标识信息, 在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送第二切换请求信息之前, 所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区;  Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and identifier of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station Information, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station;
根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第三基站的 第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息;  Allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and transmitting second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the third base station a fourth cell, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换;  Determining, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover;
若所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,向所述第一基站发送切换 报告,所述切换报告包括:所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 第十二方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第二基站, 所述第二基站包括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器; If the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, sends a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. A twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤:  The processor performs the following steps:
接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端 在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  Receiving, by the first base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第一基站发送 第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的 第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息;  Allocating resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and transmitting first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second base station The second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,所述目标基站为第三基站或所述第一 基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在 所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息,当所述 目标基站为所述第一基站时,所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中 的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息;  Sending the second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identifier information in a cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第二切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标小区,所述第二切换请求响 应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。  Receiving, by the target base station, second handover request response information, and switching the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response information includes the target The resource information allocated by the base station to the terminal.
第十三方面, 本发明实施例还提供一种基站, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器;  A thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory, and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤:  The processor performs the following steps:
向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  Transmitting, by the second base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息,在所述终端从所述第一 基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之后,所述终端从所述第二基 站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区;  Receiving, by the second base station, the first handover request response information, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes Resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal is from the second base station The second cell is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后向所述第一基站发 送的切换4艮告, 所述切换 4艮告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的 标识信息; Receiving, by the third base station, a handover message that is sent to the first base station after the ping-pong handover is performed on the terminal, where the handover 4 includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station of Identification information;
根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的 切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  And identifying, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and performing mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
从以上技术方案可以看出, 本发明实施例具有以下优点:  As can be seen from the above technical solutions, the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages:
本发明实施例中, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,在第一切 换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根据 该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信 息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站向目标基站发 送第二切换请求信息, 第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区中的标识信 息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换到目标基 站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是否发生了 乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端发生了乒乓 切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送的切换报告 获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第一小区中的 标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动性参数 优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別出第一基站 内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优化,故可以满 足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 附图说明  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the first The handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover request information to the target base station, The second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied. DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例提供的一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图; 图 2为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图 图 3为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图 图 4为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图 图 5为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图 图 6为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换方法的流程方框示意图 图 7-a为本发明实施例中一种终端的切换过程示意图;  FIG. 1 is a schematic block diagram of a method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. FIG. 4 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of another method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 7-b为本发明实施例中另一种终端的切换过程示意图;  7-b is a schematic diagram of a handover process of another terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 8为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 9为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图; 图 10为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图; FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 11为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 12为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 13为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 14-a为本发明实施例提供的一种终端的切换***的组成结构示意图; 图 14-b为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换***的组成结构示意图; 图 15为本发明实施例提供的另一种终端的切换***的组成结构示意图; 图 16为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a switching system of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal switching system according to an embodiment of the present invention; A schematic structural diagram of a handover system of another terminal provided by the embodiment; FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 17为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 18为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图;  FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 19为本发明实施例提供的另一种基站的组成结构示意图。 具体实施方式  FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
本发明实施例提供了一种终端的切换方法和基站及***,能够使基站对发 生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优化, 满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  The embodiments of the present invention provide a terminal handover method, a base station, and a system, which enable a base station to optimize a type of terminal that generates ping-pong handover, and meet the requirements of mobile robustness self-optimization.
为使得本发明的发明目的、 特征、优点能够更加的明显和易懂, 下面将结 合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、 完整地描 述,显然,下面所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而非全部实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域的技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于 本发明保护的范围。  In order to make the object, the features and the advantages of the present invention more obvious and easy to understand, the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. The described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语 "第一"、 "第二"等是 用于区別类似的对象, 而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样 使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,这仅仅是描述本发明的实施例中对相同属 性的对象在描述时所采用的区分方式。 此外, 术语 "包括" 和 "具有" 以及他 们的任何变形, 意图在于覆盖不排他的包含, 以便包含一系列单元的过程、 方 法、 ***、 产品或设备不必限于那些单元, 而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对 于这些过程、 方法、 产品或设备固有的其它单元。  The terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present invention and the above drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a particular order or order. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable, as appropriate, and are merely illustrative of the manner in which the description of the embodiments of the present invention. In addition, the terms "comprises" and "comprising", and any variants thereof, are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of units is not necessarily limited to those elements, but may include not clear Other units listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
以下分別进行详细说明。  The details are described below separately.
本发明终端的切换方法的一个实施例, 可应用于基站中, 具体的, 可以应 用于第二基站中,请参阅图 1所示,本发明一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可以包括如下步骤: An embodiment of the method for switching a terminal of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a second base station. Referring to FIG. 1 , a method for switching a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention is provided. It can include the following steps:
101、 第二基站接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息。  101. The second base station receives the first handover request information sent by the first base station.
其中,第一切换请求信息包括终端在上述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信 息。  The first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明实施例中, 终端开始驻留在第一基站的第一小区中, 则第一基站 为当前驻留在第一小区的终端分配一个标识信息。其中, 第一基站为终端分配 标识的方法有多种实现方式。 例如, 第一基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在 第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 ( C-RNTI , Cell Radio Network Temmporary Identify ),第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一'〗、区中 的移动信息 (MI, Mobility Information ), 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以 为终端在第一'〗、区中的类別标识( Type ID, Type IDentity )或组标识( Group ID, Group IDentity )。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. The method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the terminal. The identifier of the terminal, which is assigned by the first base station to the terminal, may also be the type identifier (Type ID, Type IDentity) or group identifier of the terminal in the first ', the area. (Group ID, Group IDentity).
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 并且第 一基站在第一切换请求信息中携带有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信 息,故第二基站接收到该第一切换请求信息后, 第二基站就可以从中获取到终 端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first handover request information, so After receiving the first handover request information, the second base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第一切换请求信息包括的终端在第一基站的第 一小区中的标识信息具体可以携带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历 史信息中。也就是说, 第一基站在给第二基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区 中的标识信息时,第一基站可以将终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息携 带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信息中,当然第一基站在给第二 基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息也可以携带在第一基站发 送给第二基站的其它交互信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
需要说明的是,在本发明的一些实施例中,第一切换请求信息还可以包括: 第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,也就是说, 第一基站向第二基站发送的第一 切换请求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区标识(cell ID )。 例如, 对于小区的标识信息来说,若小区为长期演进***( LTE, Long Term Evolution ) 的小区, 小区标识信息可以表示为 ECGI ( E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier, 演 进型通用陆地无线接入网小区全局标识), 若小区为通用移动通信*** ( UMTS , Universal Mobile Telecommunications System)的小区, 小区标识信息 可以表示为通用陆地无线接入网络源小区标识( UTRAN Source Cell ID )。 在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第一小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第一小区中的移动信息 ML 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the first handover sent by the first base station to the second base station. The request information further carries a cell ID (cell ID) of the first cell where the terminal is located. For example, for the cell identification information, if the cell is a long term evolution (LTE) cell, the cell identity information may be represented as an ECGI (E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier). Global identification), if the cell is a cell of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), cell identification information It can be expressed as a universal terrestrial radio access network source cell identifier (UTRAN Source Cell ID). In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell. The category identifier or group identifier in the first cell.
进一步的, 终端在第一小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第一' j、区中的 X2接口应用协议标识( X2AP ID , X2 Application Protocol IDentity )、终端在第一小区中的 SI接口应用协议标识( S1AP ID , SI Application Protocol IDentity )、终端在第一' j、区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值( short MAC-I, short Medium Access Control- Integrity )、 终端在第一小区中的类別标 识或组标识、 终端在第一'』、区中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the M1 of the terminal in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: the X2 interface application protocol identifier (X2AP ID, X2 Application Protocol IDentity) of the terminal in the first 'j, the area, and the terminal is at the first Short Interface Access Control (Integrity) of the SI Interface Protocol (S1AP ID, SI Application Protocol IDentity) in the cell, and short medium access control-integrity (short MAC-I) in the first 'j. The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI in the first '』, the terminal.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。 Ml全称为 Mobility Information, 已经在 3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project, 第三代合作伙伴计划)标准规 范中定义, 在此不再赘述。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein. Ml is called Mobility Information and has been defined in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) standard specification, and will not be described here.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为保证比特率(GBR, Guaranteed Bit Rate ) 终端或非保证比特率 ( non-GBR, non- Guaranteed Bit Rate )终端;  The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) terminal;
终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为小区范围扩展(CRE , Cell Range Extension )终端或非小区范围扩展 ( non-CRE, non- Cell Range Extension )终 端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension (CRE, Cell Range Extension) terminal or a non-cell range extension (non-CRE) terminal;
终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. In other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and may also refer to The four attributes of the terminal are displayed, and the attributes of the terminal that are indicated by the base station when the group identifier or the category identifier is assigned to the terminal are implemented in conjunction with a specific application scenario, and are not limited herein.
在本发明实施例中, 终端( UE, User equipment, 也称之为用户设备 )在 小区中的标识可以用于调整第一基站的第一小区和第二基站的第二小区的移 动性参数( Mobility Parameters )。 举例来说, 第二基站可以向第一基站发起移 动性变更请求过程 ( MOBILITY CHANGE REQUEST ), 其中包含 UE在小区 中的标识信息, 例如 Ml或者 group ID, 以及小区的指示信息, 表征该 UE在 小区中的标识为第一小区的中定义的 Ml和 Group ID调整的参数,适用于在第 一基站的第一'』、区中分配了相应 Ml或者 Group ID的 UE。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the identifier of the terminal (UE, User equipment, also referred to as user equipment) in the cell may be used to adjust mobility parameters of the first cell of the first base station and the second cell of the second base station ( Mobility Parameters ). For example, the second base station may initiate a mobility change request procedure (MOBILITY CHANGE REQUEST) to the first base station, where the identifier information of the UE in the cell, such as M1 or group ID, and the indication information of the cell, The identifier in the cell is a parameter adjusted by the M1 and the group ID defined in the first cell, and is applicable to the UE in which the corresponding M1 or Group ID is allocated in the first node of the first base station.
102、 第二基站根据上述第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基 站发送第一切换请求响应信息,以使第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小 区。  102. The second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station.
其中, 第一切换请求响应信息包括第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。 在本发明实施例中,第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息 之后, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息给终端分配资源, 第二基站为终端分 配第二基站的第二小区的资源,则第一基站就可以将终端从第一小区切换到第 二基站的第二小区中,其中第二基站根据第一切换请求信息为终端分配资源的 方式详见现有技术, 此处不再赘述。  The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. In the embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the first handover request information sent by the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second base station to the terminal. For the resources of the second cell, the first base station may switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information. , will not repeat them here.
第二基站在为终端分配资源之后,第二基站将为该终端分配的资源携带在 第一切换请求响应信息中,并通过第一切换请求响应信息的方式发送给第一基 站, 则第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息后, 第一基站 就可以通过第一切换请求响应信息获取到第二基站为终端分配的第二小区的 资源, 第一基站可以将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the first handover request response information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station sends the resource. After receiving the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the first handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal. To the second cell of the second base station.
103、 第二基站向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息。  103. The second base station sends second handover request information to the target base station.
其中, 目标基站为第三基站或第一基站。  The target base station is a third base station or a first base station.
当目标基站为第三基站时,第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标 识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第二切换 请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息,或第二切换请求信息包括终端在 第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息。  When the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明实施例中,当第一基站将终端从第一基站的第一小区切换到第二 基站的第二小区中之后, 终端开始驻留在第二基站的第二小区中, 则第二基站 为当前驻留在第二小区的终端分配一个标识信息。其中, 第二基站为终端分配 标识的方法有多种实现方式。 例如, 第二基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在 第二小区中的 C-RNTI, 第二基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第二小区 中的 Ml信息, 第二基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第二小区中的类別 标识或组标识。 In the embodiment of the present invention, when the first base station switches the terminal from the first cell of the first base station to the second After the second cell in the base station, the terminal starts to camp in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the second cell. The method for the second base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, and the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may also be the M1 information of the terminal in the second cell, and the second base station is allocated to the terminal. The identifier of the terminal may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明实施例中, 当终端驻留在第二基站的第二小区中之后, 第二基站 可以向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,并且第二基站在第二切换请求信息中 携带有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,故目标基站接收到该第二切 换请求信息后,目标基站就可以从中获取到终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标 识信息。 其中, 对于第二基站来说, 请求切换到的目标基站具体可以指的是第 一基站或者第三基站,对于目标基站为第一基站的情况, 即终端的整个切换过 程是: 第一基站一第二基站一第一基站, 对于目标基站为第三基站的情况, 即 终端的整个切换过程是: 第一基站一第二基站一第三基站。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal camps in the second cell of the second base station, the second base station may send the second handover request information to the target base station, and the second base station carries the terminal in the second handover request information. The identification information in the first cell of the first base station, after the target base station receives the second handover request information, the target base station can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. For the second base station, the target base station to which the handover is requested may specifically refer to the first base station or the third base station. For the case where the target base station is the first base station, that is, the entire handover process of the terminal is: The second base station is a first base station, and the target base station is a third base station. That is, the entire handover process of the terminal is: the first base station, the second base station, and the third base station.
在本发明的实施例中,对于目标基站是第一基站还是第三基站的不同, 第 二基站发送的第二切换请求信息中携带的内容也不同,当目标基站为第三基站 时,第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中 的标识信息,即第二基站会在第二切换请求信息中携带终端分別在第一小区和 第二小区中的标识信息, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第二切换请求信息包括终 端在第一小区中的标识信息,或第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标 识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息。即第二基站在第二切换请求信息中携 带的终端的标识信息有两种实现方式,一种是携带终端在第一小区中的标识信 息, 另一种是携带终端分別在第一小区和第二小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the content of the second handover request information sent by the second base station is different when the target base station is the first base station or the third base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second The handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell, that is, the second base station carries the identifiers of the terminal in the first cell and the second cell respectively in the second handover request information. Information, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the terminal is in the second cell. Identification information. That is, the identification information of the terminal carried by the second base station in the second handover request information has two implementation modes, one is that the identification information of the mobile terminal in the first cell, and the other is that the mobile terminal is in the first cell and the first Identification information in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第二切换请求信息包括的终端在第一小区中的 标识信息、终端在第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在第二基站发送给目标基站 的第二终端历史信息中。也就是说, 第二基站在给目标基站发送终端在第一基 站的第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息时,第二基站可以 将终端在第一小区中的标识信息和在第二小区中的标识信息携带在第二基站 发送给目标基站的第二终端历史信息中,当然第二基站在给目标基站发送终端 在第一小区中的标识信息和在第二小区中的标识信息也可以携带在第二基站 发送给目标基站的其它交互信息中。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the second switching request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell, where the second terminal sends the second terminal history to the target base station. Information. That is, when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station, the second base station may identify the terminal in the first cell. The information and the identification information in the second cell are carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the target base station. Of course, the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell to the target base station and in the second cell. The identification information in the middle can also be carried in the second base station Other interaction information sent to the target base station.
需要说明的是,在本发明的一些实施例中,第二切换请求信息还可以包括: 第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 第二切换请求信息还包括: 第一基站的 第一小区的标识信息和第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。也就是说, 第二基站 向目标基站发送的第二切换请求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区 标识以及终端所在的第二小区的标识。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
需要说明的是,对于终端的切换过程为第一基站的第一小区一第二基站的 第二小区一第一基站的第一小区,对于终端在小区中的标识信息, 可以表示成 目标小区指示信息、 源小区指示信息。 这两个指示信息分別表示第二切换请求 信息中的终端的标识信息为 UE在第一基站中的第一小区标识、 UE在第二基 站的第二小区标识。终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、终端在第二基 站的第二小区中的标识信息,还可以直接表示为,终端在目标小区的标识信息、 终端在源小区的标识信息, 这两个标识信息分別用于指示终端的标识信息为 UE在第一基站中的第一'』、区标识、 UE在第二基站的第二小区标识。  It should be noted that the handover process of the terminal is the first cell of the first base station, the second cell of the second base station, the first cell of the first base station, and the identifier information of the terminal in the cell may be indicated as the target cell indication. Information, source cell indication information. The two indications respectively indicate that the identification information of the terminal in the second handover request information is the first cell identifier of the UE in the first base station and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station. The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station may also be directly represented by the identifier information of the terminal in the target cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the source cell. The two identifiers are used to indicate that the identifier information of the terminal is the first 'in the first base station, the area identifier, and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第二小区中的 MI、 终端在 第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
进一步的, 终端在第二小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 终端在第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 终端在第二小区 中的 short MAC-I、 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 终端在第二小区 中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the terminal M1 in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell. -I, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识可以用 于指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell may be used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为 GBR终端或 non-GBR终端; 终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为 CRE终端或 non-CRE终端; 终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。 当然, 还可 以根据 UE的能力, 定义出终端组(UE Group ), 另夕卜, UE的能力可以是抗干 扰能力, 数据传输能力等等, 本发明实施例中不做限定。 The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited. Certainly, the terminal group (UE Group) may be defined according to the capability of the UE. In addition, the capability of the UE may be an anti-interference capability, a data transmission capability, and the like, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中所述的第一基站、 第二基站、 第三基站, 为无线接入网的控制结点。 对于 UMTS ***而言, 无线接入网结点为 RNC ( RNCRadio Network Controller, 无线网络控制器), 对于 LTE***而言, 无 线接入网的控制结点为 eNB(Evolved Node B演进型基站),对于 Wifi***而言, 为 AP ( Access Point, 接入点)。 第一基站、 第二基站、 第三基站可以属于同 一个***, 也可以属于不同的***, 所述***可以是上述所提到的***, 还可 以是其他***, 本发明实施例不做限定。 例如, 第二基站和第一基站可以分別 为网络制式不同的两种基站, 第一基站和第三基站可以为网络制式相同的基 站。  It should be noted that the first base station, the second base station, and the third base station, which are described in the embodiments of the present invention, are control nodes of the radio access network. For the UMTS system, the radio access network node is an RNC (RNC Radio Network Controller). For the LTE system, the control node of the radio access network is an eNB (Evolved Node B Evolved Base Station). For the Wifi system, it is an AP (Access Point). The first base station, the second base station, and the third base station may belong to the same system, or may belong to different systems. The system may be the system mentioned above, and may be other systems, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention. For example, the second base station and the first base station may be two base stations different in network format, and the first base station and the third base station may be the same base station in the network standard.
104、 第二基站接收目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息, 并根据第二 切换请求响应信息将终端切换到目标基站的目标小区。  The second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information.
其中, 第二切换请求响应信息包括目标基站为终端分配的资源信息。具体 的, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第二切换请求响应信息包括第一基站为终端分 配的资源信息, 当目标基站为第三基站时, 第二切换请求响应信息包括第三基 站为终端分配的资源信息。  The second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal. Specifically, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station for the terminal, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request response information includes the third base station as the terminal. Allocated resource information.
在本发明的一些实施例中,目标基站在接收到第二基站发送的第二切换请 求信息之后, 目标基站就可以根据第二切换请求信息为终端分配资源,在为终 端分配资源之后,目标基站将为该终端分配的资源携带在第二切换请求响应信 息中, 并通过第二切换请求响应信息的方式发送给第二基站, 则第二基站在接 收到目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息后,第二基站就可以通过第二切换 请求响应信息获取到目标基站为终端分配的目标小区的资源,第二基站可以将 终端切换到目标基站的目标小区。 In some embodiments of the present invention, after receiving the second handover request information sent by the second base station, the target base station may allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and after allocating resources for the terminal, the target base station The resource allocated for the terminal is carried in the second handover request response information, and is sent to the second base station by using the second handover request response information, and the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. After that, the second base station can pass the second handover The request response information acquires the resource of the target cell allocated by the target base station to the terminal, and the second base station may handover the terminal to the target cell of the target base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 第一基站作为终端的目标基站时, 第一基站可以判断出 该终端发生了乒乓切换, 或者当第三基站为目标基站时, 第一基站通过第三基 站发送的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终 端在第一小区中的标识信息, 识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数 据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信 息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进 行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the first base station serves as the target base station of the terminal, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the third base station is the target base station. The first base station learns that the terminal has ping-pong handover by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell. And the mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 2所示, 本发明另一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可应用于 基站中, 具体的, 可以应用于第一基站中, 接下来以前述实施例中目标基站为 第一基站进行说明, 具体可以包括如下步骤:  Referring to FIG. 2, a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a first base station. The description may specifically include the following steps:
201、 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息。  201. The first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station.
其中, 第一切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 在本发明实施例中, 终端开始驻留在第一基站的第一小区中, 则第一基站 为当前驻留在第一小区的终端分配一个标识信息。其中, 第一基站为终端分配 标识的方法有多种实现方式。 例如, 第一基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在 第一小区中的 C-RNTI, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区 中的 Ml, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区中的类別标识 或组标识。  The first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. The method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal. The identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 并且第 一基站在第一切换请求信息中携带终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 故第二基站接收到该第一切换请求信息后,第二基站就可以从中获取到终端在 第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first handover request information, so the second After the base station receives the first handover request information, the second base station can obtain the terminal from Identification information in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第一切换请求信息包括的终端在第一基站的第 一小区中的标识信息具体可以携带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历 史信息中。也就是说, 第一基站在给第二基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区 中的标识信息时,第一基站可以将终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息携 带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信息中,当然第一基站在给第二 基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息也可以携带在第一基站发 送给第二基站的其它交互信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
需要说明的是,在本发明的一些实施例中,第一切换请求信息还可以包括: 第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,也就是说, 第一基站向第二基站发送的第一 切换请求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区标识( cell ID )。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the first handover sent by the first base station to the second base station. The request information further carries a cell ID (cell ID) of the first cell where the terminal is located.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第一小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第一小区中的移动信息 ML 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell. The category identifier or group identifier in the first cell.
进一步的, 终端在第一小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第一' j、区中的 X2接口应用协议标识( X2AP ID , X2 Application Protocol IDentity )、终端在第一小区中的 SI接口应用协议标识( S1AP ID , SI Application Protocol IDentity )、终端在第一' j、区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值( short MAC-I, short Medium Access Control- Integrity )、 终端在第一小区中的类別标 识或组标识、 终端在第一'』、区中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the M1 of the terminal in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: the X2 interface application protocol identifier (X2AP ID, X2 Application Protocol IDentity) of the terminal in the first 'j, the area, and the terminal is at the first Short Interface Access Control (Integrity) of the SI Interface Protocol (S1AP ID, SI Application Protocol IDentity) in the cell, and short medium access control-integrity (short MAC-I) in the first 'j. The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI in the first '』, the terminal.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为保证比特率(GBR, Guaranteed Bit Rate ) 终端或非保证比特率 ( non-GBR, non- Guaranteed Bit Rate )终端; 终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为小区范围扩展(CRE, Cell Range Extension )终端或非小区范围扩展 ( non-CRE, non- Cell Range Extension )终 端; The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate (non-GBR) terminal; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension (CRE, Cell Range Extension) terminal or a non-cell range extension (non-CRE) terminal;
终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
202、 第一基站接收第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息, 并根据第一 切换请求响应信息将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  202. The first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
其中, 第一切换请求响应信息包括第二基站为终端分配的资源信息。 在本发明实施例中,第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息 之后, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息给终端分配资源, 第二基站为终端分 配第二基站的第二小区的资源,则第一基站就可以将终端从第一小区切换到第 二基站的第二小区中,其中第二基站根据第一切换请求信息为终端分配资源的 方式详见现有技术, 此处不再赘述。  The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. In the embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the first handover request information sent by the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second base station to the terminal. For the resources of the second cell, the first base station may switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information. , will not repeat them here.
第二基站在为终端分配资源之后,第二基站将为该终端分配的资源携带在 第一切换请求响应信息中,并通过第一切换请求响应信息的方式发送给第一基 站, 则第一基站在接收到第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息后, 第一基站 就可以通过第一切换请求响应信息获取到第二基站为终端分配的第二小区的 资源, 第一基站可以将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the first handover request response information, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station sends the resource. After receiving the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the first handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal. To the second cell of the second base station.
203、 第一基站接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息。  203. The first base station receives second handover request information sent by the second base station.
其中, 第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 第二切 换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信 息。  The second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明实施例中,此处描述的终端的目标基站为第一基站, 即终端的整 个切换过程是: 第一基站一第二基站一第一基站。 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息,或第二切换请求信息包 括终端在第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息。即第二基站 在第二切换请求信息中携带的终端的标识信息有两种实现方式,一种是携带终 端在第一小区中的标识信息,另一种是携带终端分別在第一小区和第二小区中 的标识信息。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the target base station of the terminal described herein is the first base station, that is, the entire handover process of the terminal is: the first base station, the second base station, and the first base station. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request packet. The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. That is, the identification information of the terminal carried by the second base station in the second handover request information is implemented in two ways, one is carrying the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the other is the carrying terminal in the first cell and the first Identification information in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第二切换请求信息包括的终端在第一小区中的 标识信息、终端在第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在第二基站发送给目标基站 (即第一基站)的第二终端历史信息中。也就是说,第二基站在给目标基站(即 第一基站)发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息和终端在第二小区中 的标识信息时,第二基站可以将上述标识信息携带在第二基站发送给目标基站 (即第一基站)的第二终端历史信息中, 当然第二基站在给目标基站(即第一 基站 )发送终端的上述标识信息也可以携带在第二基站发送给目标基站(即第 一基站) 的其它交互信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell is specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station (ie, the first base station In the second terminal history information. That is, when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the first base station), the second base station may The information is carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the first base station), and the second base station may also carry the identifier information of the terminal to the target base station (ie, the first base station). The base station sends the other interaction information to the target base station (ie, the first base station).
在本发明的一些实施例中, UE从第二基站的第二小区, 切换到了第一基 站的第一小区, 则在第二切换消息中, 可以包含终端在第一小区中的标识信息 或者终端在第一小区中的标识信息和第二终端的标识信息。此外,还可以携带, 第一小区的标识信息, 第二小区的标识信息。 对于小区的标识信息, 可以表示 成目标小区指示信息、 源小区指示信息。这两个指示信息分別表示第二切换请 求信息中的终端的标识信息为 UE在第一基站中的第一小区标识、 UE在第二 基站的第二小区标识。终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、终端在第二 基站的第二小区中的标识信息,还可以直接表示为, 终端在目标小区的标识信 息、终端在源小区的标识信息, 这两个标识信息分別用于指示终端的标识信息 为 UE在第一基站中的第一'』、区标识、 UE在第二基站的第二小区标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the UE switches from the second cell of the second base station to the first cell of the first base station, and in the second handover message, may include the identifier information or the terminal of the terminal in the first cell. Identification information in the first cell and identification information of the second terminal. In addition, the identifier information of the first cell and the identifier information of the second cell may also be carried. The identification information of the cell may be represented as target cell indication information and source cell indication information. The two indications respectively indicate that the identifier information of the terminal in the second handover request information is the first cell identifier of the UE in the first base station and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station. The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station may also be directly represented by the identifier information of the terminal in the target cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the source cell. The two identifiers are used to indicate that the identifier information of the terminal is the first 'in the first base station, the area identifier, and the second cell identifier of the UE in the second base station.
需要说明的是,在本发明的一些实施例中,第二切换请求信息还可以包括: 第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 第二切换请求信息还包括: 第一基站的 第一小区的标识信息和第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。也就是说, 第二基站 向目标基站发送的第二切换请求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区 标识以及终端所在的第二小区的标识。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第二小区中的 MI、 终端在 第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。 进一步的, 终端在第二小区中的 MI可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 终端在第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 终端在第二小区 中的 short MAC-I、 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 终端在第二小区 中的 C-RNTI。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells. Further, the MI of the terminal in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell. -I, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为 GBR终端或 non-GBR终端;  The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal;
终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为 CRE终端或 non-CRE终端; 终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
204、 第一基站根据第二切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第二基站发 送第二切换请求响应信息,以使第二基站将终端切换到第一基站的第一小区或 者第三小区。  204. The first base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station.
其中, 第二切换请求响应信息包括第一基站为终端分配的资源信息。 在本发明的一些实施例中, 目标基站(即第一基站)在接收到第二基站发 送的第二切换请求信息之后, 目标基站(即第一基站 )就可以根据第二切换请 求信息为终端分配资源,则第一基站可以为终端分配第一基站中的第一小区或 者第三小区的资源, 在为终端分配资源之后, 目标基站(即第一基站)将为该 终端分配的资源携带在第二切换请求响应信息中,并通过第二切换请求响应信 息的方式发送给第二基站,则第二基站在接收到目标基站发送的第二切换请求 响应信息后,第二基站就可以通过第二切换请求响应信息获取到目标基站为终 端分配的目标小区的资源, 第二基站可以将终端切换到目标基站的目标小区。 The second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal. In some embodiments of the present invention, after receiving the second handover request information sent by the second base station, the target base station (ie, the first base station) may be the terminal according to the second handover request information. Allocating resources, the first base station may allocate resources of the first cell or the third cell in the first base station, and after allocating resources for the terminal, the target base station (ie, the first base station) carries the resources allocated for the terminal. The second handover request response message, and the second handover request response message After the second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, the second base station can obtain the target cell allocated by the target base station to the terminal by using the second handover request response information. The second base station can handover the terminal to the target cell of the target base station.
205、 第一基站根据第二切换请求信息判断终端是否发生了乒乓切换。 在本发明实施例中,第二基站将终端切换到第一基站的第一小区或者第三 小区之后, 第一基站根据第二切换请求信息判断终端是否发生了乒乓切换, 其 中第一基站判断终端是否发生乒乓切换的方式可参见现有技术中的描述,此处 不再赘述。  205. The first base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs. In the embodiment of the present invention, after the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, the first base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred, where the first base station determines the terminal. For the manner of whether the ping-pong switching occurs, refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
206、 若第一基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换, 第一基站根据终端在第一小 区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动 性参数优化。  206. If the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
在本发明实施例中,在第一基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换时, 第一基站根 据第二切换请求信息从中获取到该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,第一基站通 过该终端在第一小区中的标识信息, 第一基站可以获知该终端的属性,从而第 一基站可以获知哪种类型的终端发生了乒乓切换,则第一基站就可以识別出第 一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动性参数优化, 其中第一基 站对终端的移动性参数优化的方法可参见现有技术中的描述, 此处不再赘述。  In the embodiment of the present invention, when the first base station determines that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal, the first base station acquires the identification information of the terminal in the first cell according to the second handover request information, and the first base station passes the terminal in the first The identification information in a cell, the first base station can learn the attributes of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station. And the mobility parameter optimization is performed according to the handover data, and the method for optimizing the mobility parameter of the terminal by the first base station can be referred to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. The first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, so that the terminal station that performs the ping-pong handover can be optimized. Therefore, it can meet the needs of mobile robust self-optimization.
需要说明的是, 目标基站判断是否发生切换,依据为第二切换请求消息中 包含的终端(UE )历史信息。 在 UE历史信息中, 包含了 UE的驻留小区的标 识, 以及每一个小区的驻留时间, 目标基站将驻留时间和预设置的乒乓切换时 间进行比较, 如果驻留时间小于预设置时间, 则判断发生了乒乓切换。  It should be noted that the target base station determines whether the handover occurs, according to the terminal (UE) history information included in the second handover request message. In the UE history information, the identifier of the camped cell of the UE is included, and the camp time of each cell is compared, and the target base station compares the camp time with the preset ping-pong switch time, if the camp time is less than the preset time, Then it is judged that a ping-pong switch has occurred.
请参阅图 3所示, 本发明另一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可应用于 基站中, 具体的, 可以应用于第三基站中, 接下来以前述实施例中目标基站为 第三基站进行说明, 具体可以包括如下步骤:  Referring to FIG. 3, a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention may be applied to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a third base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a third base station. The description may specifically include the following steps:
301、 第三基站接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息。  301. The third base station receives second handover request information sent by the second base station.
其中, 第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、 终端在第二基站的第二小区中的标识信息,在第二基站在向第三基站发送第二 切换请求信息之前, 终端从第一基站的第一小区切换到第二基站的第二小区。  The second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station sends the second handover request to the third base station. Before the information, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station.
在本发明实施例中, 终端开始驻留在第一基站的第一小区中, 则第一基站 为当前驻留在第一小区的终端分配一个标识信息。然后终端从第一基站的第一 小区切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后终端开始驻留在第二基站的第二小区 中, 则第二基站为当前驻留在第二小区的终端分配一个标识信息。 然后第二基 站向目标基站(即此处描述的第三基站 )发送第二切换请求信息。 当目标基站 为第三基站时,第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一小区中的标识信息和终端在 第二小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. Then, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, and then the terminal starts to camp in the second cell of the second base station, and the second base station allocates the terminal currently camping on the second cell. An identification message. The second base station then transmits second handover request information to the target base station (i.e., the third base station described herein). When the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明实施例中, 第二基站为终端分配标识的方法有多种实现方式。例 如, 第二基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在第二小区中的 C-RNTI, 第二基 站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第二小区中的 Ml信息, 第二基站为终端 分配的标识还可以为终端在第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the method for the second base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, and the identifier allocated by the second base station to the terminal may also be the M1 information of the terminal in the second cell, and the second base station is allocated to the terminal. The identifier of the terminal may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明实施例中, 当终端驻留在第二基站的第二小区中之后, 第二基站 可以向目标基站(即此处描述的第三基站)发送第二切换请求信息, 并且第二 基站在第二切换请求信息中携带有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 故目标基站(即此处描述的第三基站)接收到该第二切换请求信息后, 目标基 站(即此处描述的第三基站)就可以从中获取到终端在第一基站的第一小区中 的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal camps in the second cell of the second base station, the second base station may send the second handover request information to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), and the second base station The second handover request information carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, so after the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein) receives the second handover request information, the target base station (ie, The third base station described herein can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第二切换请求信息包括的终端在第一小区中的 标识信息、终端在第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在第二基站发送给目标基站 (即此处描述的第三基站)的第二终端历史信息中。 也就是说, 第二基站在给 目标基站(即此处描述的第三基站)发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识 信息和终端在第二小区中的标识信息时,第二基站可以将终端在第一小区中的 标识信息和在第二小区中的标识信息携带在第二基站发送给目标基站(即此处 描述的第三基站)的第二终端历史信息中, 当然第二基站在给目标基站(即此 处描述的第三基站)发送终端在第一小区中的标识信息和在第二小区中的标识 信息也可以携带在第二基站发送给目标基站的其它交互信息中。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information includes a terminal in the first cell. The identification information and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein). That is, when the second base station sends the identity information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and the identity information of the terminal in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), the second base station The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information in the second cell may be carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein), of course, the second The base station transmitting the identity information of the terminal in the first cell and the identity information in the second cell to the target base station (ie, the third base station described herein) may also be carried in other interaction information sent by the second base station to the target base station. .
需要说明的是, 在本发明的一些实施例中, 第二切换请求信息还包括: 第 一基站的第一小区的标识信息和第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 也就是说, 第二基站向目标基站发送的第二切换请求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小 区的小区标识以及终端所在的第二小区的标识。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station. That is to say, the second handover request information sent by the second base station to the target base station further carries the cell identifier of the first cell where the terminal is located and the identifier of the second cell where the terminal is located.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第二小区中的 MI、 终端在 第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, an MI of the terminal in the second cell, and a terminal in the The category identifier or group identifier in the two cells.
进一步的, 终端在第二小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 终端在第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 终端在第二小区 中的 short MAC-I、 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 终端在第二小区 中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the terminal M1 in the second cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the second cell. -I, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为 GBR终端或 non-GBR终端;  The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal;
终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为 CRE终端或 non-CRE终端; 终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第二小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。 The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
302、 第三基站根据第二切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第二基站发 送第二切换请求响应信息, 以使第二基站将终端切换到第三基站的第四小区。  302. The third base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station.
其中, 第二切换请求响应信息包括第三基站为终端分配的资源信息。 303、 第三基站根据第二切换请求信息判断终端是否发生了乒乓切换。 在本发明实施例中,第三基站根据第二切换请求信息判断终端是否发生了 乒乓切换,其中第三基站判断终端是否发生乒乓切换的方式可参见现有技术中 的描述, 此处不再赘述。  The second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal. 303. The third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred. In the embodiment of the present invention, the third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, and the manner in which the third base station determines whether the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal is not described in the prior art. .
304、 若第三基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换, 第三基站向第一基站发送切 换报告。  304. If the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station.
其中, 切换 4艮告包括: 终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  The handover message includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明实施例中,在第三基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换时, 第三基站根 据第二切换请求信息从中获取到该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,第三基站将 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息携带在切换报告中,由第三基站将切换报告发 送给第一基站。 则第一基站通过该终端在第一小区中的标识信息, 第一基站可 以获知该终端的属性, 从而第一基站可以获知哪种类型的终端发生了乒乓切 换, 则第一基站就可以识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进 行移动性参数优化,其中第一基站对终端的移动性参数优化的方法可参见现有 技术中的描述, 此处不再赘述。  In the embodiment of the present invention, when the third base station determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred, the third base station obtains the identification information of the terminal in the first cell according to the second handover request information, and the third base station is in the first The identification information in a cell is carried in the handover report, and the third base station sends the handover report to the first base station. Then, the first base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station can learn the attribute of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify The switching data stored in the first base station is used, and the mobility parameter is optimized according to the handover data. For the method for optimizing the mobility parameter of the terminal by the first base station, refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是, 切换报告中, 还可以携带 UE从第一基站的第一小区发起 切换到第二基站的第二小区后, 到 UE发送切换报告的时间。 这个时间可以根 据第二请求的消息中包含的 UE的第二基站的第二小区的驻留时间和 UE从第 二基站的第二小区到第三基站的第三小区后到发送切换报告的时间计算得出。  It should be noted that, in the handover report, the time when the UE initiates handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, and then sends a handover report to the UE. This time may be based on the camping time of the second cell of the second base station of the UE included in the message of the second request and the time from the second cell of the second base station to the third cell of the third base station to the time of transmitting the handover report. Calculated.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根 据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据 切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的 标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类 终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, The second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station goes to the third The base station sends the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. . The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 4所示, 本发明另一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可应用于 基站中, 具体的, 可以应用于第一基站中, 接下来以前述实施例中目标基站为 第三基站进行说明, 具体可以包括如下步骤:  Referring to FIG. 4, a method for handover of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and then the target base station in the foregoing embodiment is a third base station. The description may specifically include the following steps:
401、 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息。  401. The first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station.
其中, 第一切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 The first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
402、 第一基站接收第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息, 并根据第一 切换请求响应信息将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。 402. The first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information.
其中, 第一切换请求响应信息包括第二基站为终端分配的资源信息,在终 端从第一基站的第一小区切换到第二基站的第二小区之后,终端从第二基站的 第二小区切换到了第三基站的第四小区。  The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station for the terminal, and after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station. Go to the fourth cell of the third base station.
其中,步骤 401和步骤 402的详细说明可参阅前述如图 2所示的实施例中 步骤 201和步骤 202中的说明, 此处不再赘述。  For a detailed description of the steps 401 and 402, refer to the descriptions in the foregoing step 201 and step 202 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是, 与前述如图 2所示的实施例不同之处在于, 第二基站向第 三基站发送了第二切换请求信息之后,终端从第二基站的第二小区切换到了第 三基站的第四小区。  It should be noted that, the difference from the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 2 is that after the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station to the third base station. The fourth cell.
在本发明的实施例中, 第二基站将终端切换到第三基站的第四小区中之 后, 第三基站根据第二切换请求信息判断终端是否发生了乒乓切换, 若第三基 站判定终端发生了乒乓切换, 第三基站向第一基站发送切换报告。 其中, 切换 报告包括: 终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 In the embodiment of the present invention, after the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station, the third base station determines, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs, if the third base station determines that the terminal has occurred. Ping-pong switching, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station. Among them, switching The report includes: identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
403、 第一基站接收第三基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换之后向第一基站发 送的切换报告。  403. The first base station receives a handover report sent by the third base station to the first base station after determining that the terminal has ping-pong handover.
其中, 切换 ^艮告包括: 终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  The handover information includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
另外, 切换报告中, 可以携带 UE从第一基站的第一小区发起切换到第二 基站的第二小区后, 到 UE发送切换报告的时间。  In addition, the handover report may carry a time when the UE sends a handover report after the UE initiates handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station.
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站接收到第三基站发送的切换报告,通过该切 换报告, 第一基站可以获取到终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station receives the handover report sent by the third base station, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station by using the handover report.
404、 第一基站根据终端在第一小区中的标识信息, 识別第一基站内存储 的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  404. The first base station identifies, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
需要说明的时, 当第一小区中的标识信息为 C-RNTI时, 第一基站还需要 根据 UE从第一基站的第一小区发起切换到第二基站的第二小区后, 到 UE发 送切换报告的时间, 来识別 UE的切换数据。  When the identification information in the first cell is the C-RNTI, the first base station needs to send a handover to the UE after the UE initiates the handover from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station. The time of the report to identify the handover data of the UE.
在本发明实施例中,在第三基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换时, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告从中获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站通过该终端在第一小区中的标识信息, 第一基站可以 获知该终端的属性, 从而第一基站可以获知哪种类型的终端发生了乒乓切换, 则第一基站就可以识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,并根据切换数据进行移 动性参数优化,其中第一基站对终端的移动性参数优化的方法可参见现有技术 中的描述, 此处不再赘述。  In the embodiment of the present invention, when the third base station determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station obtains the identification information of the terminal in the first cell by using the handover report. The first base station can obtain the identity information of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station can learn the attributes of the terminal, so that the first base station can know which type of terminal has ping-pong handover, and the first base station can identify the The switching data is stored in the first base station, and the mobility parameter is optimized according to the handover data. For the method for optimizing the mobility parameter of the terminal by the first base station, refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第一基站作为终端的源基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换,最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切 换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 由于第一基站可以通过发生乒 乓切换的终端的标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生 乒乓切换的一类终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station. The request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The identification information of the terminal in the first cell may be obtained, and the first base station as the source base station of the terminal learns that the terminal has ping-pong switching, and finally, The first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 5所示, 本发明另一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可应用于 基站中, 具体的, 可以应用于第二基站中, 图 5所示的终端的切换方法与前述 如图 1至图 4中所描述的终端的切换方法不同, 具体可以包括如下步骤: 501、 第二基站接收第一基站发送的切换请求信息。  Referring to FIG. 5, a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a second base station, and the method for switching the terminal shown in FIG. The handover method of the terminal described in FIG. 4 is different, and specifically includes the following steps: 501. The second base station receives the handover request information sent by the first base station.
其中, 切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 在本发明实施例中, 终端开始驻留在第一基站的第一小区中, 则第一基站 为当前驻留在第一小区的终端分配一个标识信息。其中, 第一基站为终端分配 标识的方法有多种实现方式。 例如, 第一基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在 第一小区中的 C-RNTI, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区 中的 Ml, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区中的类別标识 或组标识。  The handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. The method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal. The identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息, 并且第一基 站在切换请求信息中携带有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,故第二 基站接收到该切换请求信息后,第二基站就可以从中获取到终端在第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the handover request information, so the second base station receives After the handover request information, the second base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,切换请求信息包括的终端在第一基站的第一小 区中的标识信息具体可以携带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信 息中。也就是说, 第一基站在给第二基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的 标识信息时,第一基站可以将终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息携带在 第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信息中,当然第一基站在给第二基站 发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息也可以携带在第一基站发送给 第二基站的其它交互信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identification information of the terminal included in the handover request information in the first cell of the first base station may be specifically carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the first In the first terminal history information that is sent by the base station to the second base station, the identifier information that the first base station sends to the second base station in the first cell of the first base station may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In other interactive information.
需要说明的是, 在本发明的一些实施例中, 切换请求信息还可以包括: 第 一基站的第一小区的标识信息,也就是说, 第一基站向第二基站发送的切换请 求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区标识( cell ID )。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the handover request information sent by the first base station to the second base station is further The cell ID of the first cell where the terminal is located is carried.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第一小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第一小区中的移动信息 ML 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes the following information. At least one of: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell in the first cell.
进一步的, 终端在第一小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第一小区中的 X2AP ID、 终端在第一小区中的 S1AP ID、 终端在第一小区 中的 short MAC-L 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 终端在第一'』、区 中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the terminal M1 in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the first cell. -L The class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first '", the zone.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为 GBR终端或 non-GBR终端;  The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal;
终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为 CRE终端或 non-CRE终端; 终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited.
502、 第二基站根据切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切 换请求响应信息, 以使第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  502. The second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and sends the handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station.
其中, 切换请求响应信息包括第二基站为终端分配的资源信息。  The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
在本发明实施例中, 第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的切换请求信息之 后, 第二基站根据该切换请求信息给终端分配资源, 第二基站为终端分配第二 基站的第二小区的资源,则第一基站就可以将终端从第一小区切换到第二基站 的第二小区中,其中第二基站根据切换请求信息为终端分配资源的方式详见现 有技术, 此处不再赘述。 In the embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the handover request information sent by the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second cell of the second base station to the terminal. The first base station can switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information. There are technologies, so I won't go into details here.
第二基站在为终端分配资源之后,第二基站将为该终端分配的资源携带在 切换请求响应信息中, 并通过切换请求响应信息的方式发送给第一基站, 则第 一基站在接收到第二基站发送的切换请求响应信息后,第一基站就可以通过切 换请求响应信息获取到第二基站为终端分配的第二小区的资源,第一基站可以 将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the handover request response information, and sends the response request response information to the first base station, where the first base station receives the first After the handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station. .
503、 第二基站接收第一基站发送的测量配置参数。  503. The second base station receives the measurement configuration parameter sent by the first base station.
其中,测量配置参数用于使第二基站指示终端对预置频点进行测量并上报 测量结果, 测量配置参数包括测量门限以及测量时间。  The measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, and the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区之 后, 第一基站向第二基站发送测量配置参数, 测量配置参数用于使第二基站指 示终端对预置频点进行测量并上 测量结果,测量配置参数包括测量门限以及 测量时间。  In some embodiments of the present invention, after the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, the first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the terminal pair The frequency point is measured and the measurement result is measured. The measurement configuration parameters include the measurement threshold and the measurement time.
504、 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量。  504. The second base station instructs the terminal to perform measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter.
在本发明实施例中, 第二基站接收第一基站发送的测量配置参数之后, 第 二基站可以按照根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量,其中终端对 预置频点的测量可参阅现有技术中的描述, 此处不再赘述。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after the second base station receives the measurement configuration parameter sent by the first base station, the second base station may perform the measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, where the terminal may measure the preset frequency point. Refer to the description in the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
505、 第二基站接收终端上报的测量结果, 并向第一基站发送切换报告。 其中, 切换报告包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  505. The second base station receives the measurement result reported by the terminal, and sends a handover report to the first base station. The handover report includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明实施例中, 当终端按照测量配置参数对预置频点进行测量之后, 终端向第二基站上报测量结果,第二基站将通过从切换请求信息中获取到的终 端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息携带在切换报告中,第二基站将切换报 告发送给第一基站。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after the terminal measures the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, the terminal reports the measurement result to the second base station, and the second base station passes the terminal acquired from the handover request information at the first base station. The identification information in the first cell is carried in the handover report, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station.
需要说明的是,在本发明的一些实施例中, 若在测量时间结束之前终端切 换到了预置频点所属的基站, 且测量结果超过测量门限,切换报告具体为切换 过早信息。若在测量时间结束时终端没有发生切换,且测量结果超过测量门限, 切换报告具体为不必要切换信息。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, if the terminal switches to the base station to which the preset frequency point belongs before the end of the measurement time, and the measurement result exceeds the measurement threshold, the handover report is specifically to switch the premature information. If the terminal does not switch at the end of the measurement time and the measurement result exceeds the measurement threshold, the handover report is specifically unnecessary to switch information.
在本发明的另一些实施例中,切换报告还可以包括终端从第一小区中切换 出去到切换才艮告发送的时间间隔。  In still other embodiments of the present invention, the handover report may further include a time interval during which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息,在 切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根 据该切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切换请求响应信息, 第 一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区,然后第一基站向第二基站发送测量 配置参数, 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量, 第二基 站接收终端上报的测量结果后向第一基站发送切换报告。则第一基站可以根据 切换报告判断该终端是否发生了乒乓切换,第一基站可以从切换报告中获取到 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切 换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标 识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终 端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 It can be seen from the foregoing description that the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where The handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, where the first base station switches the terminal. Go to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, the second base station instructs the terminal to measure the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter, and the second base station receives the measurement result reported by the terminal. The first base station sends a handover report. The first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 6所示, 本发明另一个实施例提供的终端的切换方法, 可应用于 基站中, 具体的, 可以应用于第一基站中, 图 5所示的终端的切换方法与图 6 中所示的终端的切换方法是基于不同的执行主体来实现的,具体可以包括如下 步骤:  Referring to FIG. 6 , a method for switching a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention is applicable to a base station, and specifically, may be applied to a first base station, and the method for switching the terminal shown in FIG. The method for switching the terminal is implemented based on different execution entities, and specifically includes the following steps:
601、 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息。  601. The first base station sends handover request information to the second base station.
其中, 切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 在本发明实施例中, 终端开始驻留在第一基站的第一小区中, 则第一基站 为当前驻留在第一小区的终端分配一个标识信息。其中, 第一基站为终端分配 标识的方法有多种实现方式。 例如, 第一基站为终端分配的标识可以为终端在 第一小区中的 C-RNTI, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区 中的 Ml, 第一基站为终端分配的标识还可以为终端在第一小区中的类別标识 或组标识。  The handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. In the embodiment of the present invention, the terminal starts to camp in the first cell of the first base station, and the first base station allocates an identifier information to the terminal currently camping on the first cell. The method for the first base station to assign an identifier to the terminal has multiple implementation manners. For example, the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may be the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and the identifier allocated by the first base station to the terminal may also be the M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the first base station is allocated by the terminal. The identifier may also be a category identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息, 并且第一基 站在切换请求信息中携带有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,故第二 基站接收到该切换请求信息后,第二基站就可以从中获取到终端在第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, and the first base station carries the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station in the handover request information, so the second base station receives After the handover request information, the second base station can obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,切换请求信息包括的终端在第一基站的第一小 区中的标识信息具体可以携带在第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信 息中。也就是说, 第一基站在给第二基站发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的 标识信息时,第一基站可以将终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息携带在 第一基站发送给第二基站的第一终端历史信息中,当然第一基站在给第二基站 发送终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息也可以携带在第一基站发送给 第二基站的其它交互信息中。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first base station of the first base station may be carried in the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. That is, when the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, the first base station may carry the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. In the first terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station, of course, the first base station sends the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station to the second base station, and may also be carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. Other interaction information of the base station.
需要说明的是, 在本发明的一些实施例中, 切换请求信息还可以包括: 第 一基站的第一小区的标识信息,也就是说, 第一基站向第二基站发送的切换请 求信息中还携带有终端所在的第一小区的小区标识( cell ID )。  It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, the handover request information may further include: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, that is, the handover request information sent by the first base station to the second base station is further The cell ID of the first cell where the terminal is located is carried.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中 的至少一种: 终端在第一小区中的 C-RNTI、 终端在第一小区中的移动信息 ML 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell, and a mobile information ML terminal of the terminal in the first cell. The category identifier or group identifier in the first cell.
进一步的, 终端在第一小区中的 Ml可以包括以下信息中的至少一种: 终 端在第一小区中的 X2AP ID、 终端在第一小区中的 S1AP ID、 终端在第一小区 中的 short MAC-L 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 终端在第一'』、区 中的 C-RNTI。  Further, the terminal M1 in the first cell may include at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, an S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short MAC of the terminal in the first cell. -L The class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first '", the zone.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, Ml信息中具体包括如上信息中的任意 一个,也可以包括以上信息中的任意两个或多个, 甚至可以包括以上信息中的 全部信息, 在实际应用中, 基站为终端分配 Ml信息时可以根据具体的应用场 景来灵活设定, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the M1 information specifically includes any one of the foregoing information, and may also include any two or more of the foregoing information, and may even include all the information in the foregoing information, in practical applications. The base station can flexibly set the M1 information according to the specific application scenario, and is not limited herein.
在本发明的一些实施例中,终端在第一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指 示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务 属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 终端的速率属性指示终端为高速终端或低速终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal;
终端的比特率属性指示终端为 GBR终端或 non-GBR终端;  The bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a GBR terminal or a non-GBR terminal;
终端的小区范围扩展属性指示终端为 CRE终端或 non-CRE终端; 终端的业务属性指示终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业务的终端。 需要说明的是, 本发明的一些实施例中, 终端在第一小区中的类別标识或 组标识用于指示终端的属性时,该类別标识或组标识具体可以指示终端的一种 属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端, 当然在本发明的另一些实施例中, 还可以 指示终端的两种属性, 例如指示终端为 GBR终端和 CRE终端, 当然还可以指 示终端的四种属性,基站在为终端分配组标识或者类別标识时所指示的终端的 属性需要结合具体的应用场景来实现, 此处仅作说明, 不做限定。 602、 第一基站接收第二基站发送的切换请求响应信息, 并根据切换请求 响应信息将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。 The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a CRE terminal or a non-CRE terminal; the service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal performing uplink service or a terminal performing downlink service. It should be noted that, in some embodiments of the present invention, when the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate the attribute of the terminal, the category identifier or the group identifier may specifically indicate an attribute of the terminal. For example, the terminal is a GBR terminal. Of course, in other embodiments of the present invention, the terminal may also indicate two attributes of the terminal, for example, indicating that the terminal is a GBR terminal and a CRE terminal, and of course, indicating four attributes of the terminal, where the base station is The attributes of the terminal indicated by the terminal when the group identifier or the category identifier is specified need to be implemented in combination with a specific application scenario, which is only described herein and is not limited. 602. The first base station receives the handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the handover request response information.
其中, 切换请求响应信息包括第二基站为终端分配的资源信息。  The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal.
在本发明实施例中, 第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的切换请求信息之 后, 第二基站根据该切换请求信息给终端分配资源, 第二基站为终端分配第二 基站的第二小区的资源,则第一基站就可以将终端从第一小区切换到第二基站 的第二小区中,其中第二基站根据切换请求信息为终端分配资源的方式详见现 有技术, 此处不再赘述。  In the embodiment of the present invention, after receiving the handover request information sent by the first base station, the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and the second base station allocates the second cell of the second base station to the terminal. The first base station can switch the terminal from the first cell to the second cell of the second base station, where the second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, as described in the prior art, and details are not described herein again. .
第二基站在为终端分配资源之后,第二基站将为该终端分配的资源携带在 切换请求响应信息中, 并通过切换请求响应信息的方式发送给第一基站, 则第 一基站在接收到第二基站发送的切换请求响应信息后,第一基站就可以通过切 换请求响应信息获取到第二基站为终端分配的第二小区的资源,第一基站可以 将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区。  After the second base station allocates resources to the terminal, the second base station carries the resource allocated for the terminal in the handover request response information, and sends the response request response information to the first base station, where the first base station receives the first After the handover request response information sent by the second base station, the first base station may acquire the resource of the second cell allocated by the second base station to the terminal by using the handover request response information, and the first base station may switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station. .
603、 第一基站向第二基站发送测量配置参数。  603. The first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station.
其中,测量配置参数用于使第二基站指示终端对预置频点进行测量并上报 测量结果, 测量配置参数包括测量门限以及测量时间。  The measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, and the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time.
在本发明的一些实施例中,第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区之 后, 第一基站向第二基站发送测量配置参数, 测量配置参数用于使第二基站指 示终端对预置频点进行测量并上 测量结果,测量配置参数包括测量门限以及 测量时间。  In some embodiments of the present invention, after the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, the first base station sends a measurement configuration parameter to the second base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the terminal pair The frequency point is measured and the measurement result is measured. The measurement configuration parameters include the measurement threshold and the measurement time.
604、 第一基站接收第二基站发送的切换报告。  604. The first base station receives a handover report sent by the second base station.
其中, 切换 4艮告包括: 终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  The handover message includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的另一些实施例中,切换报告还可以包括终端从第一小区中切换 出去到切换才艮告发送的时间间隔。  In still other embodiments of the present invention, the handover report may further include a time interval during which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
605、 第一基站根据切换报告判断终端是否发生了乒乓切换。  605. The first base station determines, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong switch.
606、 若第一基站判定终端发生了乒乓切换, 第一基站根据终端在第一小 区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动 性参数优化。  606. If the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
需要说明的是,步骤 605和步骤 606中描述与前述如图 2所示的实施例中 步骤 205和步骤 206中描述相类似, 此处不再赘述。 通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息,在 切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根 据该切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切换请求响应信息, 第 一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区,然后第一基站向第二基站发送测量 配置参数, 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量, 第二基 站接收终端上报的测量结果后向第一基站发送切换报告。则第一基站可以根据 切换报告判断该终端是否发生了乒乓切换,第一基站可以从切换报告中获取到 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切 换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标 识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终 端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 为便于更好的理解和实施本发明实施例的上述方案,下面举例相应的应用 场景来进行具体说明。 It should be noted that the descriptions in steps 605 and 606 are similar to those described in the foregoing steps 205 and 206 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, and details are not described herein again. According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information The terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter The terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal. The first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied. To facilitate a better understanding and implementation of the foregoing solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the following application scenarios are specifically illustrated.
请参阅如图 7-a所示,为本发明实施例中一种终端的切换过程示意图。 Cell 1、 Cell 2和 Cell 3分別属于 eNBl、 eNB2、 eNB3, 终端 ( UE )从 Cell 1穿过 Cell 2到达 Cell 3, 经历了两次切换, 为了叙述方便, 可以将 UE从 Cell 1切换 到 Cell 2称之为第一次切换, UE从 Cell 2切换到 Cell 3称之为第二次切换。  Please refer to FIG. 7-a, which is a schematic diagram of a handover process of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention. Cell 1, Cell 2, and Cell 3 belong to eNB1, eNB2, and eNB3, respectively. The terminal (UE) passes through Cell 2 from Cell 1 to Cell 3, and undergoes two handovers. For convenience of description, the UE can be switched from Cell 1 to Cell. 2 is called the first handover, and the UE switching from Cell 2 to Cell 3 is called the second handover.
UE从 Cell 1切换到 Cell 2时, 在切换过程中, eNBl向 eNB2发送第一终 端历史信息, 第一终端历史信息可以包括: Cell 1的标识信息, UE在 Cell 1 的驻留时间信息, UE在 Cell 1发生切换的原因信息, UE在 Cell 1中的标识信 息。  When the UE is switched from the Cell 1 to the Cell 2, the eNB1 sends the first terminal history information to the eNB2 in the handover process. The first terminal history information may include: the identifier information of the Cell 1, the UE's camp time information in the Cell 1, and the UE. The cause information of the handover occurred in Cell 1, the identification information of the UE in Cell 1.
其中, UE在 Cell 1中的标识信息,可以为 UE在 Cell 1中分配的 C-RNTI、 UE在 Cell 1的移动性信息或者 UE在 Cell 1的类別 /组标识或者是他们的任意 组合。 UE在 Cell 1的类別 /组标识用于指示 UE在 Cell 1中的属性信息, 例如 高速 UE/低速 UE, GBR UE/non-GBR UE, CRE UE/non-CRE UE, 进行上行业 务的 UE/进行下行业务的 UE。  The identifier information of the UE in the cell 1 may be the C-RNTI allocated by the UE in the Cell 1, the mobility information of the UE in the Cell 1 or the category/group identifier of the UE in the Cell 1, or any combination thereof. The class/group identifier of the UE in Cell 1 is used to indicate the attribute information of the UE in Cell 1, such as a high-speed UE/low-speed UE, a GBR UE/non-GBR UE, a CRE UE/non-CRE UE, and a UE performing uplink service. / UE performing downlink services.
UE从 Cell 2切换到 Cell 3时, 在切换过程中, eNB2向 eNB3发送第二终 端历史信息, 第二终端历史信息可以包括: Cell 1的标识信息, UE在 Cell 1 中的驻留时间信息, UE在 Cell l中发生切换的原因信息, UE在 Cell l中的标 识信息, Cell 2的标识信息, UE在 Cell 2中的驻留时间信息, UE在 Cell 2中 发生切换的原因信息, UE在 Cell 2中的标识信息。 When the UE is switched from the Cell 2 to the Cell 3, the eNB2 sends the second terminal history information to the eNB3, and the second terminal history information may include: the identifier information of the Cell 1, the dwell time information of the UE in the Cell 1, Cause information of the handover of the UE in Cell l, the UE's standard in Cell l Identification information, identification information of Cell 2, dwell time information of UE in Cell 2, cause information of handover of UE in Cell 2, identification information of UE in Cell 2.
eNB3根据接收到的第二终端历史信息, 判断出 UE在 Cell 2驻留的时间 小于网络预设值, 并且两次切换发生的原因, 不全是负载均衡, 则 eNB3推断 出, UE从 Cell l->Cell 2->Cell 3发生了乒乓切换,于是向 eNBl发送切换报告, 其中, 切换 告包括以下信息: Cell 1的标识信息, Cell 2的标识信息, UE在 Cell 1中的标识信息, 另外, 如果 UE在 Cell l中的标识为 C-RNTI, 则还需要 包含 UE从切换到 Cell 2至切换报告发送的时间, 如果 UE在 Cell 1中的标识 为 C-RNTI, 则还需要包含 UE从切换到 Cell 3至切换报告发送的时间。  The eNB3 determines, according to the received second terminal history information, that the time that the UE camps on the Cell 2 is less than the network preset value, and the reason for the two handovers is not all load balancing, the eNB3 concludes that the UE is from the Cell l- >Cell 2->Cell 3 has a ping-pong switch, and then sends a handover report to the eNB1, where the handover message includes the following information: the identification information of the cell 1, the identification information of the cell 2, the identification information of the UE in the cell 1, and If the identifier of the UE in the Cell 1 is the C-RNTI, it is also required to include the time from the handover of the UE to the handover of the Cell 2 to the handover report. If the identifier of the UE in the Cell 1 is the C-RNTI, the UE needs to include the handover from the UE. The time to send the Cell 3 to the switch report.
eNBl接收到切换报告后, eNBl根据 UE在 Cell 1中的标识信息, 识別出 After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 identifies the eNB1 according to the identification information of the UE in the cell 1.
UE的上下文或者部分上下文信息, 从而识別出 UE的属性信息, 后续针对该 类 UE做切换参数优化。 The context of the UE or part of the context information, thereby identifying the attribute information of the UE, and subsequently performing handover parameter optimization for the UE.
接下来, 关于 UE在 Cell 1中的标识信息、 UE在 Cell 2中的标识信息, 具体可以有以下几种实现方式:  Next, regarding the identification information of the UE in the Cell 1 and the identification information of the UE in the Cell 2, the following implementation manners may be specifically implemented:
方式 1: 在终端历史信息中, 只包含 C-RNTI的信息, 假如在 cell l中, 每类属性的 UE,可以通过 C-RNTI信息标识, eNBl接收到切换报告后, eNBl 通过 C-RNTI以及 UE切换到 Cell 2至切换报告发送的时间,便能够识別出 UE 的属性信息; 或者 eNB 1通过 C-RNTI以及 UE在 UE在 Cell2驻留的时间, UE从切换到 Cell 3至切换报告发送的时间, 便能够识別出 UE的属性信息。  Mode 1: In the terminal history information, only the information of the C-RNTI is included. If the UE of each type of attribute is in the cell l, the C-RNTI information may be identified by the C-RNTI information, and after the eNB1 receives the handover report, the eNB1 passes the C-RNTI and When the UE switches to Cell 2 to the time when the handover report is sent, the attribute information of the UE can be identified; or the eNB 1 passes the C-RNTI and the UE transmits from the handover to the Cell 3 to the handover report at the time when the UE camps on the Cell 2 At the time, the attribute information of the UE can be identified.
方式 2: 终端历史信息中, 包含 C-RNTI的信息和移动性信息, 其中移动 性信息可以设置为 X2AP ID (或者 S1AP ID ); 接收到切换报告后, eNBl通过 C-RNTI和 X2AP ID (或者 S1AP ID ) 能够唯一识別出 UE的属性信息。  Manner 2: The terminal history information includes C-RNTI information and mobility information, where the mobility information may be set to an X2AP ID (or S1AP ID); after receiving the handover report, the eNB1 passes the C-RNTI and the X2AP ID (or S1AP ID) can uniquely identify the attribute information of the UE.
方式 3: 终端历史信息中, 包含移动性信息, UE的移动性信息可以设值 为 UE类別 /组标识; eNBl接收到切换报告后, eNBl能够根据类別 /组标识识 別出 UE的属性信息。  Mode 3: The terminal history information includes mobility information, and the mobility information of the UE may be set to the UE category/group identifier. After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 can identify the attributes of the UE according to the category/group identifier. information.
方式 4: 终端历史信息中, 包含移动性信息, UE的移动性信息设置成一 个随机值, 这个随机值用于唯一标识一个 UE; 接收到切换报告后, eNBl 能 够根据这个随机值, 唯一识別出 UE的属性信息。  Manner 4: The terminal history information includes mobility information, and the mobility information of the UE is set to a random value, where the random value is used to uniquely identify a UE. After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 can uniquely identify according to the random value. Out of the attribute information of the UE.
方式 5:终端历史信息中,包含 UE类別 /组标识;接收到切换报告后, eNBl 能够根据 UE类別 /组标识识別出 UE的属性信息。 通过上述举例说明可知, 当 eNB3判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, eNB3 向 eNBl发送切换报告, eNBl通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在 cell 1中的标 识信息, eNBl 作为终端的源基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, eNBl 可以根据该终端在 cell 1中的标识信息, 识別 eNBl内存储的切换数据, 并根 据切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端 的标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一 类终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 Mode 5: The terminal history information includes the UE category/group identifier. After receiving the handover report, the eNB1 can identify the attribute information of the UE according to the UE category/group identifier. It can be seen from the above description that after the eNB3 determines that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, the eNB3 sends a handover report to the eNB1, and the eNB1 can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1 by using the handover report, and the eNB1 learns the terminal as the source base station of the terminal. The ping-pong handover occurs. Finally, the eNB1 can identify the handover data stored in the eNB1 according to the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅如图 7-b所示, 为本发明实施例中另一种终端的切换过程示意图。 为宏微小区组网的场景,宏小区由宏基站提供覆盖,微小区由微基站提供覆盖, UE从小区 1切换到小区 2, 之后又重新切换回到小区 1中。 这种情况下, 由 于 UE回到了 eNBl , eNBl可以根据终端历史信息判断 UE是否发生了乒乓切 换,以及进一步确认发生乒乓切换的 UE属性信息,但是不需要发送切换报告。  Please refer to FIG. 7-b, which is a schematic diagram of a handover process of another terminal in the embodiment of the present invention. For the scenario of the macro cell network, the macro cell is covered by the macro base station, and the micro cell is covered by the micro base station, and the UE switches from cell 1 to cell 2, and then switches back to cell 1. In this case, since the UE returns to the eNB1, the eNB1 can judge whether the UE has ping-pong switching according to the terminal history information, and further confirm the UE attribute information of the ping-pong handover, but does not need to send the handover report.
通过上述举例说明可知, eNBl通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在 cell 1 中的标识信息, eNBl作为终端的源基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, eNBl可以根据该终端在 cell 1中的标识信息, 识別 eNBl内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的 终端的标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换 的一类终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  The eNB1 can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the cell 1 by using the handover report, and the eNB1 as the source base station of the terminal learns that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. Finally, the eNB1 can identify the identifier in the cell 1 according to the terminal. The information identifies the handover data stored in the eNB1, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal can be optimized for the ping-pong handover, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
需要说明的是, 对于前述的各方法实施例, 为了筒单描述, 故将其都表述 为一系列的动作组合, 但是本领域技术人员应该知悉, 本发明并不受所描述 的动作顺序的限制, 因为依据本发明, 某些步骤可以采用其他顺序或者同 时进行。 其次, 本领域技术人员也应该知悉, 说明书中所描述的实施例均 属于优选实施例, 所涉及的动作和单元并不一定是本发明所必须的。  It should be noted that, for the foregoing method embodiments, they are all described as a series of action combinations for the description of the device, but those skilled in the art should understand that the present invention is not limited by the described action sequence. Because certain steps may be performed in other orders or concurrently in accordance with the present invention. In addition, those skilled in the art should also understand that the embodiments described in the specification are all preferred embodiments, and the actions and units involved are not necessarily required by the present invention.
为便于更好的实施本发明实施例的上述方案, 下面还提供用于实施上 述方案的相关装置。  In order to facilitate the better implementation of the above described embodiments of the embodiments of the present invention, related apparatus for implementing the above schemes are also provided below.
请参阅图 8 所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种基站 800, 所述基站 800 具体为第二基站, 所述第二基站包括:  Referring to FIG. 8, a base station 800 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 800 is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes:
切换请求接收单元 801 , 用于接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息, 所 述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The handover request receiving unit 801 is configured to receive first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
资源分配单元 802, 用于根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资 源, 并向所述第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信息, 以使所述第一基站将所述 终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第 二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; a resource allocation unit 802, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information And transmitting, by the first base station, the first handover request response information, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, where the first handover request response information includes Decoding resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
切换请求发送单元 803, 用于向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息, 所述目 标基站为第三基站或所述第一基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二 切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述 第二小区中的标识信息, 当所述目标基站为所述第一基站时, 所述第二切换请 求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息 包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的 标识信息;  The handover request sending unit 803 is configured to send second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request The information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information And including the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and an identifier of the terminal in the second cell Information
切换响应接收单元 804, 用于接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应 信息,并根据所述第二切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目 标小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源 信息。  The handover response receiving unit 804 is configured to receive second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述第一切换请求信息包括的终端在所述第一 基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站 的第一终端历史信息中;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried by the first base station to be sent by the first base station to the second base station. In a terminal history information;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station. The second terminal history information.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。 在本发明的一些实施例中 ,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标 识用于指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属 性、 业务属性; In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell. In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service Attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the The S1AP ID in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal in the second cell C-RNTL
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站 的第一小区的标识信息;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine the terminal according to the second handover request information. Whether the ping-pong handover occurs, when the target base station is the first base station, the first base station can determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station, the first base station learns through the handover report sent by the third base station. The ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal. Finally, the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 9所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种基站 900 , 所述基站 900 具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包括:  Referring to FIG. 9, a base station 900 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 900 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元 901 , 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述第 一切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The handover request sending unit 901 is configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元 902, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应 信息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第 二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述终端分配的资源 信息;  The handover response receiving unit 902 is configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information. The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
切换请求接收单元 903 , 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信 息, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终 端在所述第二小区中的标识信息;  The handover request receiving unit 903 is configured to receive second handover request information that is sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second The handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
资源分配单元 904 , 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资 源, 并向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息, 以使所述第二基站将所述 终端切换到所述第一基站的第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信 息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息;  The resource allocation unit 904 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to The first handover request response information of the first base station or the third cell of the first base station includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元 905, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发 生了乒乓切换; The ping-pong judging unit 905 is configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong switch has occurred in the terminal;
优化单元 906, 用于当所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换时, 根 据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数 据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  The optimizing unit 906 is configured to: when the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, And performing mobility parameter optimization according to the switching data.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述第一切换请求信息包括的终端在所述第一 基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站 的第一终端历史信息中; In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station and sent to the second base station. In the first terminal history information;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第 一基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the first The second terminal history information of the base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标 识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL In some embodiments of the present invention, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the S1AP ID in the second cell, short MAC-L in the second cell, the terminal a class identifier or a group identifier in the second cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站 的第一小区的标识信息;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  The second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 10所示,本发明实施例提供的一种基站 1000,所述基站 1000 具体为第三基站, 所述第三基站包括:  Referring to FIG. 10, a base station 1000 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. The base station 1000 is specifically a third base station, where the third base station includes:
切换请求接收单元 1001 , 用于接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息, 所述第二切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终 端在所述第二基站的第二小区中的标识信息,在所述第二基站在向所述第三基 站发送第二切换请求信息之前,所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所 述第二基站的第二小区;  The handover request receiving unit 1001 is configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the terminal is in the second The identification information in the second cell of the base station, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell to the second cell of the first base station a second cell of the base station;
资源分配单元 1002, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资 源, 并向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息, 以使所述第二基站将所述 终端切换到所述第三基站的第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第 三基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; The resource allocation unit 1002 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station The terminal switches to the fourth cell of the third base station, where the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元 1003 , 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否 发生了乒乓切换;  The ping-pong judging unit 1003 is configured to determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal;
报告发送单元 1004, 用于当所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换 时, 向所述第一基站发送切换 告, 所述切换 4艮告包括: 所述终端在所述第一 基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  The report sending unit 1004 is configured to: when the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, send a handover message to the first base station, where the handover 4 report includes: the terminal is in the first base station Identification information in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述 第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所 述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历史信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the second switching request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell is specifically carried in the The second base station sends the second terminal history information to the third base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所 述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTI of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in The MI in the second cell, the category identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the terminal in the second cell, M1, includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal is in the The S1AP ID in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal in the second cell C-RNTL
在本发明的一些实施例中 ,所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标 识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站 的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的 第一小区的标识信息和所述第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the first cell and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根 据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据 切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的 标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类 终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station. The request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 11 所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种基站 1100, 所述基站 1100 具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 11, a base station 1100 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. The base station 1100 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元 1101 , 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述 第一切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The handover request sending unit 1101 is configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元 1102, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响 应信息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的 第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息,在所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小 区之后,所述终端从所述第二基站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小 区;  The handover response receiving unit 1102 is configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information. The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, Transmitting the terminal from the second cell of the second base station to the fourth cell of the third base station;
报告接收单元 1103, 用于接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切 换之后向所述第一基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述 第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The report receiving unit 1103 is configured to receive, by the third base station, a handover report that is sent by the third base station to the first base station after the ping-pong handover is performed by the terminal, where the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first base station Identification information in a cell;
优化单元 1104, 用于根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 识別 所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 在本发明的一些实施例中,所述第一切换请求信息包括的终端在所述第一 基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站 的第一终端历史信息中。 The optimization unit 1104 is configured to identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal included in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried by the first base station to be sent by the first base station to the second base station. In a terminal history information.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
在本发明的一些实施例中 ,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标 识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根 据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据 切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的 标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类 终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station. The request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, that the terminal is If the ping-pong handover occurs, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station can obtain the identification information of the terminal in the first cell by using the handover report. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. Finally, the first base station may identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 12所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种基站 1200, 所述基站 1200 具体为第二基站, 所述第二基站, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 12, a base station 1200 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention, where the base station 1200 is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes:
切换请求发送单元 1201 , 用于接收第一基站发送的切换请求信息, 所述 切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The handover request sending unit 1201 is configured to receive handover request information sent by the first base station, where the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
资源分配单元 1202, 用于根据所述切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并向所述第一基站发送切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换 到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息;  The resource allocation unit 1202 is configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the handover request information, and send handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second The second cell of the base station, the handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
参数接收单元 1203 , 用于接收所述第一基站发送的测量配置参数, 所述 测量配置参数用于使所述第二基站指示所述终端对预置频点进行测量并上报 测量结果, 所述测量配置参数包括测量门限以及测量时间;  The parameter receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive the measurement configuration parameter that is sent by the first base station, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to instruct the terminal to measure the preset frequency point and report the measurement result, where Measurement configuration parameters include measurement thresholds and measurement times;
测试指示单元 1204, 用于根据所述测量配置参数指示所述终端对所述预 置频点进行测量;  The test instructing unit 1204 is configured to instruct the terminal to perform measurement on the preset frequency point according to the measurement configuration parameter;
结果接收单元 1205 , 用于接收所述终端上报的测量结果, 并向所述第一 基站发送切换报告,所述切换报告包括所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中 的标识信息。  The result receiving unit 1205 is configured to receive the measurement result reported by the terminal, and send a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中,若在所述测量时间结束之前所述终端切换到了 所述预置频点所属的基站,且所述测量结果超过所述测量门限, 所述切换报告 具体为切换过早信息;  In some embodiments of the present invention, if the terminal switches to the base station to which the preset frequency point belongs before the measurement time ends, and the measurement result exceeds the measurement threshold, the handover report is specifically a handover. Premature information;
若在所述测量时间结束时所述终端没有发生切换,且所述测量结果超过所 述测量门限, 所述切换4艮告具体为不必要切换信息。  If the terminal does not switch when the measurement time ends, and the measurement result exceeds the measurement threshold, the handover 4 is specifically unnecessary handover information.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的类別标识或组标识。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a temporary identifier of a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell. C-RNTL The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a class identifier or a group identifier in the cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
在本发明的一些实施例中 ,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标 识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述切换报告还包括: 所述终端从所述第一小 区中切换出去到所述切换 4艮告发送的时间间隔。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the handover report further includes: a time interval in which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息,在 切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根 据该切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切换请求响应信息, 第 一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区,然后第一基站向第二基站发送测量 配置参数, 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量, 第二基 站接收终端上报的测量结果后向第一基站发送切换报告。则第一基站可以根据 切换报告判断该终端是否发生了乒乓切换,第一基站可以从切换报告中获取到 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切 换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标 识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终 端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information The terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter The terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal. The first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal in which the ping-pong handover occurs, the type of the ping-pong handover can be terminated. The end is optimized to meet the needs of mobile robustness self-optimization.
请参阅图 13所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种基站 1300, 所述基站 1300 具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 13, a base station 1300 is provided in the embodiment of the present invention. The base station 1300 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元 1301 , 用于向第二基站发送切换请求信息, 所述切换 请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The handover request sending unit 1301 is configured to send, to the second base station, handover request information, where the handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元 1302, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的切换请求响应信 息, 并根据所述切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小 区, 所述切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; 参数发送单元 1303 , 用于向所述第二基站发送测量配置参数, 所述测量 配置参数用于使所述第二基站指示所述终端对预置频点进行测量并上报测量 结果, 所述测量配置参数包括测量门限以及测量时间;  The handover response receiving unit 1302 is configured to receive the handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the handover request response information, where the handover request response is The information includes the resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, and the parameter sending unit 1303 is configured to send, to the second base station, a measurement configuration parameter, where the measurement configuration parameter is used to enable the second base station to indicate the The terminal measures the preset frequency point and reports the measurement result, where the measurement configuration parameter includes a measurement threshold and a measurement time;
报告接收单元 1304, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换 才艮告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  The report receiving unit 1304 is configured to receive a handover report sent by the second base station, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in a first cell of the first base station;
乒乓判断单元 1305 , 用于根据所述切换报告判断所述终端是否发生了乒 乓切换;  The ping-pong judging unit 1305 is configured to determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong switch;
优化单元 1306, 用于若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换, 所 述第一基站根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内 存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  The optimizing unit 1306 is configured to: if the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the first base station identifies, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the first base station to store Switching data, and performing mobility parameter optimization based on the switching data.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述切换请求信息包括的终端在所述第一基站 的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的终 端历史信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information included by the terminal in the first cell of the first base station includes the terminal history information sent by the first base station to the second base station. in.
在本发明的一些实施例中,所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息包括以 下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell The mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 Ml包括以下信 息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端 在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的 C-RNTL In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 in the first cell of the terminal includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol identifier X2AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, The S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the terminal is at the first a category identifier or a group identifier in the cell, the terminal in the first 'area C-RNTL
在本发明的一些实施例中 ,所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标 识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extended attribute, a service attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 所述切换报告还包括: 所述终端从所述第一小 区中切换出去到所述切换 4艮告发送的时间间隔。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the handover report further includes: a time interval in which the terminal switches from the first cell to the handover.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息,在 切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根 据该切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切换请求响应信息, 第 一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区,然后第一基站向第二基站发送测量 配置参数, 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量, 第二基 站接收终端上报的测量结果后向第一基站发送切换报告。则第一基站可以根据 切换报告判断该终端是否发生了乒乓切换,第一基站可以从切换报告中获取到 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切 换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标 识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终 端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information The terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter The terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal. The first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by the identification information of the terminal in which the ping-pong handover occurs, the terminal type in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 14-a所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种终端的切换*** 1400, 所 述终端的切换***, 包括: 如前述图 8 所示的实施例中描述的第二基站 800 和如前述图 9所示的实施例中描述的第一基站 900。  Referring to FIG. 14-a, a switching system 1400 for a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a second base station 800 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. The first base station 900 described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG.
另外, 请参阅图 14-b 所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种终端的切换*** 1400, 包括: 如前述图 8所示的实施例中描述的第二基站 800、 如前述图 10 所示的实施例中描述的第三基站 1000、 如前述图 11所示的实施例中描述的第 一基站 1100。 In addition, referring to FIG. 14-b, a handover system 1400 for a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a second base station 800 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. The third base station 1000 described in the embodiment, as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. A base station 1100.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
请参阅图 15所示, 本发明实施例提供的一种终端的切换*** 1400, 所述 终端的切换***, 包括: 如前述图 12 所示的实施例中描述的第二基站 1200 和如前述图 13所示的实施例中描述的第一基站 1300。  Referring to FIG. 15 , a switching system 1400 for a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a second base station 1200 as described in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 12 and the foregoing figure. The first base station 1300 described in the embodiment shown in FIG.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送切换请求信息,在 切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息,第二基站根 据该切换请求信息向终端分配资源, 并向第一基站发送切换请求响应信息, 第 一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区,然后第一基站向第二基站发送测量 配置参数, 第二基站根据测量配置参数指示终端对预置频点进行测量, 第二基 站接收终端上报的测量结果后向第一基站发送切换报告。则第一基站可以根据 切换报告判断该终端是否发生了乒乓切换,第一基站可以从切换报告中获取到 该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切 换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标 识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终 端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 本发明实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质, 其中, 该计算机存储介质存储 有程序, 该程序执行包括上述方法实施例中记载的部分或全部步骤。 According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the handover request information to the second base station, where the handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the handover request information The terminal allocates resources, and sends handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the first base station sends measurement configuration parameters to the second base station, and the second base station according to the measurement configuration parameter The terminal is instructed to measure the preset frequency point, and the second base station sends the handover report to the first base station after receiving the measurement result reported by the terminal. The first base station may determine, according to the handover report, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover, and the first base station may obtain the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell from the handover report, and identify the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied. The embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium stores a program, and the program executes some or all of the steps described in the foregoing method embodiments.
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种基站,请参阅图 16所示,基站 1600 具体为第一基站, 第一基站包括:  Next, another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 16, the base station 1600 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
输入装置 1601、输出装置 1602、处理器 1603和存储器 1604 (其中基站 1600 中的处理器 1603的数量可以一个或多个, 图 16中以一个处理器为例)。 在本 发明的一些实施例中, 输入装置 1601、 输出装置 1602、 处理器 1603和存储器 1604可通过总线或其它方式连接, 其中, 图 16中以通过总线连接为例。  The input device 1601, the output device 1602, the processor 1603, and the memory 1604 (wherein the number of processors 1603 in the base station 1600 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 16 is taken as an example). In some embodiments of the present invention, the input device 1601, the output device 1602, the processor 1603, and the memory 1604 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
其中, 处理器 1603 , 用于执行如下步骤:  The processor 1603 is configured to perform the following steps:
向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  Transmitting, by the second base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息;  Receiving, by the second base station, the first handover request response information, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes The resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括 所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述 终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; 根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第一基站的 第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息;  Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the terminal The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell; allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sending a second handover to the second base station Requesting response information, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, where the second handover request response information includes that the first base station allocates the terminal Resource information;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换; 若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,根据所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数 据进行移动性参数优化。  Determining, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover; if the first base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, identifying according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell The switching data stored in the first base station, and performing mobility parameter optimization according to the switching data.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的第一切换请求信息包括的 终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站发送 给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中;所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终 端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体 携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第一基站的第二终端历史信息中。 在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区 无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、所述 终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information processed by the processor 1603 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the second The first terminal history information of the base station; the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the The second base station sends the second terminal history information to the first base station. In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口 应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 一'』、区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell. a class identifier or a group identifier in the first cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first '』, zone
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标只或组标只。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1603 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1603 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is C-RNTI in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1603处理的所述第一切换请求信息还 包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所 述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information processed by the processor 1603 is further The method includes: the identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: Identification information of the first cell of the first base station and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种基站,请参阅图 17所示,基站 1700 具体为第三基站, 第三基站包括:  Next, another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 17, the base station 1700 is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes:
输入装置 1701、输出装置 1702、处理器 1703和存储器 1704 (其中基站 1700 中的处理器 1703的数量可以一个或多个, 图 17中以一个处理器为例)。 在本 发明的一些实施例中, 输入装置 1701、 输出装置 1702、 处理器 1703和存储器 1704可通过总线或其它方式连接, 其中, 图 17中以通过总线连接为例。  The input device 1701, the output device 1702, the processor 1703, and the memory 1704 (wherein the number of processors 1703 in the base station 1700 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 17 is taken as an example). In some embodiments of the present invention, the input device 1701, the output device 1702, the processor 1703, and the memory 1704 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
其中, 处理器 1703 , 用于执行如下步骤:  The processor 1703 is configured to perform the following steps:
接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括终端 在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二基站的第二小区中 的标识信息, 在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送第二切换请求信息之前, 所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区;  Receiving, by the second base station, the second handover request information, where the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and identifier of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station Information, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station;
根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第三基站的 第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息; Allocating resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sending second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the third base station The fourth cell, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换;  Determining, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover;
若所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,向所述第一基站发送切换 报告,所述切换报告包括:所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。  If the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, sends a handover report to the first base station, where the handover report includes: identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1703处理的所述第二切换请求信息包 括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小区中的标 识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历史信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information processed by the processor 1703 includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell. Specifically, it is carried in the second terminal history information that is sent by the second base station to the third base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1703处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标只或组标只。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1703处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is in the terminal C-RNTI in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1703处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1703 in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1703处理的所述第二切换请求信息还 包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包 括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第二基站的第二小区的标识信 息。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the second handover request information processed by the processor 1703 further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station, or the second handover request information further includes: The identification information of the first cell of the first base station and the identification information of the second cell of the second base station Interest.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根 据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据 切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的 标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类 终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station. The request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种基站,请参阅图 18所示,基站 1800 具体为第二基站, 第二基站包括:  The following is a description of another base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 18, the base station 1800 is specifically a second base station, where the second base station includes:
输入装置 1801、输出装置 1802、处理器 1803和存储器 1804 (其中基站 1800 中的处理器 1803的数量可以一个或多个, 图 18中以一个处理器为例)。 在本 发明的一些实施例中, 输入装置 1801、 输出装置 1802、 处理器 1803和存储器 1804可通过总线或其它方式连接, 其中, 图 18中以通过总线连接为例。  The input device 1801, the output device 1802, the processor 1803, and the memory 1804 (wherein the number of the processors 1803 in the base station 1800 may be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 18 is taken as an example). In some embodiments of the present invention, the input device 1801, the output device 1802, the processor 1803, and the memory 1804 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
其中, 处理器 1803 , 用于执行如下步骤:  The processor 1803 is configured to perform the following steps:
接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端 在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  Receiving, by the first base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第一基站发送 第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的 第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息;  Allocating resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and transmitting first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second base station The second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,所述目标基站为第三基站或所述第一 基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在 所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息,当所述 目标基站为所述第一基站时,所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中 的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; Sending the second handover request information to the target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station, and when the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes the terminal being The identifier information in the first cell and the identifier information in the second cell, when the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identifier information in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and identifier information of the terminal in the second cell;
接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第二切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标小区,所述第二切换请求响 应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。  Receiving, by the target base station, second handover request response information, and switching the terminal to a target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response information includes the target The resource information allocated by the base station to the terminal.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述第一切换请求信息包 括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站 发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information processed by the processor 1803 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the In the first terminal history information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。  The identifier information of the terminal in the first cell and the identifier information of the terminal in the second cell that are included in the second handover request information are specifically carried in the second base station and sent to the target base station. The second terminal history information.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区 无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、所述 终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell. Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口 应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 一' 区中的 C-RNTL  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell. a class identifier or a group identifier in the first cell, and a C-RNTL of the terminal in the first 'area
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的类別标识或组标识用于指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属 性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell. Scope extended attributes, business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or Non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类 別标只或组标只。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1803 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: a C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell The MI of the terminal in the second cell, the category of the terminal in the second cell, or only the group label.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1803 in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, An S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, a short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, a class identifier or a group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, and the terminal is in the terminal C-RNTI in the second cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1803处理的所述第一切换请求信息还 包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括: 所 述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第二基站的第二小区的标识信息。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information processed by the processor 1803 further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information further includes: The identifier information of the first cell of the base station, or the second handover request information further includes: identifier information of the first cell of the first base station and identifier information of the second cell of the second base station.
通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切 换到目标基站的目标小区。则目标基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端 是否发生了乒乓切换, 当目标基站为第一基站时, 第一基站可以判断出该终端 发生了乒乓切换, 或者当目标基站为第三基站时, 第一基站通过第三基站发送 的切换报告获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根据该终端在第 一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据切换数据进行 移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的标识信息识別 出第一基站内存储的切换数据, 从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类终端进行优 化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。 接下来介绍本发明实施例提供的另一种基站,请参阅图 19所示,基站 1900 具体为第一基站, 第一基站包括: According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends a second handover request to the target base station. The information, the second handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the target base station. The target base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has ping-pong handover. When the target base station is the first base station, the first base station may determine that the terminal has ping-pong handover, or when the target base station is the third base station. The first base station learns that the ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal by using the handover report sent by the third base station. Finally, the first base station may identify, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, the handover data stored in the first base station, and Mobility parameter optimization based on switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the terminal that performs the ping-pong handover, the terminal of the ping-pong handover can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied. Next, another base station according to an embodiment of the present invention is introduced. Referring to FIG. 19, the base station 1900 is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
输入装置 1901、输出装置 1902、处理器 1903和存储器 1904 (其中基站 1900 中的处理器 1903的数量可以一个或多个, 图 19中以一个处理器为例)。 在本 发明的一些实施例中, 输入装置 1901、 输出装置 1902、 处理器 1903和存储器 1904可通过总线或其它方式连接, 其中, 图 19中以通过总线连接为例。  The input device 1901, the output device 1902, the processor 1903, and the memory 1904 (wherein the number of processors 1903 in the base station 1900 can be one or more, and one processor in Fig. 19 is taken as an example). In some embodiments of the present invention, the input device 1901, the output device 1902, the processor 1903, and the memory 1904 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
其中, 处理器 1903, 用于执行如下步骤:  The processor 1903 is configured to perform the following steps:
向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息;  Transmitting, by the second base station, first handover request information, where the first handover request information includes identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息,在所述终端从所述第一 基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之后,所述终端从所述第二基 站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区;  Receiving, by the second base station, the first handover request response information, and switching the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes Resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal, after the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal is from the second base station The second cell is handed over to the fourth cell of the third base station;
接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后向所述第一基站发 送的切换4艮告, 所述切换 4艮告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的 标识信息;  Receiving, by the third base station, a handover message that is sent to the first base station after the ping-pong handover is performed on the terminal, where the handover 4 includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station Identification information;
根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的 切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。  And identifying, according to the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell, handover data stored in the first base station, and performing mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1903处理的所述第一切换请求信息包 括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站 发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the first handover request information processed by the processor 1903 includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station is specifically carried in the first base station, and is sent to the The first terminal history information of the second base station.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1903处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中的小区 无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、所述 终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。  In some embodiments of the present invention, the identifier information of the terminal processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell includes at least one of the following: a cell wireless network of the terminal in the first cell Temporarily identifying the C-RNTI, the mobile information MI of the terminal in the first cell, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1903处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口 应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 一' 区中的 C-RNTI。 In some embodiments of the present invention, the M1 processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: an X2 interface application protocol of the terminal in the first cell. Identifying an X2AP ID, an S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, and a short media access control integrity verification value of the terminal in the first cell. The MAC-L class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first 'area.
在本发明的一些实施例中, 处理器 1903处理的所述终端在所述第一小区 中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性;  In some embodiments of the present invention, the class identifier or the group identifier of the terminal processed by the processor 1903 in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: a rate attribute, a bit rate attribute, a cell range extension. Attribute, business attribute;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端;  The rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high speed terminal or a low speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端;  The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extended CRE terminal or a non-cell range extended non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 通过前述的实施例描述可知, 第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信 息, 在第一切换请求信息中包括有终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息, 第二基站根据该第一切换请求信息向终端分配资源,并向第一基站发送第一切 换请求响应信息, 第一基站将终端切换到第二基站的第二小区, 然后第二基站 向第三基站发送第二切换请求信息,第二切换请求信息包括有终端在第一小区 中的标识信息,第二基站根据三基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息将终端切换 到第三基站的第四小区。则第三基站可以根据第二切换请求信息判断该终端是 否发生了乒乓切换, 当第三基站判定该终端发生了乒乓切换之后, 第三基站向 第一基站发送切换报告,第一基站通过切换报告可以获取到该终端在第一小区 中的标识信息, 第一基站获知该终端发生了乒乓切换, 最后, 第一基站可以根 据该终端在第一小区中的标识信息,识別第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据 切换数据进行移动性参数优化。由于第一基站可以通过发生乒乓切换的终端的 标识信息识別出第一基站内存储的切换数据,从而可以对发生乒乓切换的一类 终端进行优化, 故可以满足移动健壮性自优化的需求。  The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs an uplink service or a terminal that performs a lower service. According to the foregoing description of the foregoing, the first base station sends the first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes the identifier information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, and the second base station according to the The first handover request information allocates resources to the terminal, and sends the first handover request response information to the first base station, the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station, and then the second base station sends the second handover to the third base station. The request information, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and the second base station switches the terminal to the fourth cell of the third base station according to the second handover request response information sent by the three base stations. The third base station may determine, according to the second handover request information, whether the terminal has a ping-pong handover. After the third base station determines that the terminal has ping-pong handover, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station, and the first base station reports by using the handover. The first base station can obtain the ping-pong handover of the terminal, and the first base station can identify the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The data is switched, and the mobility parameters are optimized based on the switching data. Since the first base station can identify the handover data stored in the first base station by using the identification information of the ping-pong handover terminal, the terminal station in which the ping-pong handover occurs can be optimized, so that the requirement of the mobile robustness self-optimization can be satisfied.
另外需说明的是, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的, 其中所述作 为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的 部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布 到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现 本实施例方案的目的。 另外, 本发明提供的装置实施例附图中, 模块之间的连 接关系表示它们之间具有通信连接,具体可以实现为一条或多条通信总线或信 号线。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下,即可以理解并实施。 It should be noted that the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, wherein the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be Physical unit, which can be located in one place, or it can be distributed Go to multiple network elements. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. In addition, in the drawings of the apparatus embodiments provided by the present invention, the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection between them, and specifically may be implemented as one or more communication buses or signal lines. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发 明可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过专用硬件包括 专用集成电路、 专用 CPU、 专用存储器、 专用元器件等来实现。 一般情况下, 凡由计算机程序完成的功能都可以很容易地用相应的硬件来实现, 而且, 用来 实现同一功能的具体硬件结构也可以是多种多样的, 例如模拟电路、数字电路 或专用电路等。但是,对本发明而言更多情况下软件程序实现是更佳的实施方 式。基于这样的理解, 本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的 部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储 介质中, 如计算机的软盘, U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(ROM, Read-Only Memory ), 随机存取存者器( RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘 等, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或 者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。  Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware, and of course, through dedicated hardware, including an application specific integrated circuit, a dedicated CPU, a dedicated memory, Special components and so on. In general, functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with the corresponding hardware. Moreover, the specific hardware structure used to implement the same function can be various, such as analog circuits, digital circuits, or dedicated circuits. Circuits, etc. However, for the purposes of the present invention, software program implementation is a better implementation in more cases. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk of a computer. , U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to make a computer device ( The method described in various embodiments of the present invention may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device.
综上所述, 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对其限制; 尽 管参照上述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理 解: 其依然可以对上述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分 技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱 离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。  In the above, the above embodiments are only used to explain the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not limited thereto; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the above embodiments, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that: The technical solutions described in the above embodiments are modified, or equivalent to some of the technical features are included; and the modifications and substitutions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种终端的切换方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A terminal switching method, characterized by including:
第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括 终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; The first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第 一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; The first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information. The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换 请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求 信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区 中的标识信息; The first base station receives second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell, or, the second handover request information including the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell;
所述第一基站根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所 述第一基站的第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第 一基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; The first base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the In the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, the second handover request response information includes the resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
所述第一基站根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓 切换; The first base station determines whether a ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal according to the second handover request information;
若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,所述第一基站根据所述终 端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根 据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 If the first base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, the first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and based on The handover data is used for mobility parameter optimization.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息包 括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基站 发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. In the first terminal historical information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第 一基站的第二终端历史信息中。 The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell included in the second handover request information are specifically carried by the second base station and sent to the first cell. in the second terminal historical information of the base station.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中的 小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 MI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information MI of the terminal in the first cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接口 应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 S1接口应用协议标识 S1AP ID、所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 一' 区中的 C-RNTL 4. The method according to claim 3, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first cell, the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell. The category identification or group identification of the terminal in the first cell, the C-RNTL of the terminal in the first zone
5、 根据权利要求 3或 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一 小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率属 性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 5. The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
6、 根据权利要求 1至 5中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二 小区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小 区中的类別标识或组标识。 6. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: The C-RNTI in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小区 中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTL 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, The S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal C-RNTL in the second cell
8、 根据权利要求 1至 7中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 8. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 The first handover request information also includes: the identification information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information also includes: the identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, The second handover request information also includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
9、 一种终端的切换方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 9. A terminal switching method, characterized by including:
第三基站接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息 包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二基站的第 二小区中的标识信息,在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送第二切换请求信 息之前, 所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小 区; The third base station receives the second handover request information sent by the second base station. The second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, the identification information of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station. The identification information in, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station ;
所述第三基站根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所 述第三基站的第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息; The third base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and sends second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the In the fourth cell of the third base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
所述第三基站根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓 切换; The third base station determines whether a ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal according to the second handover request information;
若所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,所述第三基站向所述第一 基站发送切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区 中的标识信息。 If the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, the third base station sends a handover report to the first base station. The handover report includes: The terminal is in the first cell of the first base station. identification information.
10、 根据权利要求 9所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二切换请求信息包 括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小区中的标 识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历史信息中。 10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell and identification information of the terminal in the second cell. The information is specifically carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the third base station.
11、 根据权利要求 9或 10所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中 的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 类別标识或组标识。 11. The method according to claim 9 or 10, characterized in that, the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. C-RNTI, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
12、 根据权利要求 11所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 12. The method according to claim 11, wherein M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, The S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal C-RNTL in the second cell
13、 根据权利要求 11或 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率 属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; 13. The method according to claim 11 or 12, characterized in that the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
14、 根据权利要求 9至 13中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 14. The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, characterized in that,
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 The second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, the second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
15、 一种终端的切换方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 15. A terminal switching method, characterized by including:
第二基站接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息 包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; The second base station receives the first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二基站根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述 第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换到所 述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息; The second base station allocates resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and sends first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the In the second cell of the second base station, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
所述第二基站向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,所述目标基站为第三基 站或所述第一基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包 括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标 识信息, 当所述目标基站为所述第一基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述 终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在 所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; The second base station sends second handover request information to a target base station, and the target base station is a third base station or the first base station. When the target base station is a third base station, the second handover request information includes the The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the The identification information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell;
所述第二基站接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第二切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标小区,所述第 二切换请求响应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。 The second base station receives the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switches the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information. The second handover request response The information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息 包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基 站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; 所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。 16. The method according to claim 15, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. In the first terminal historical information of the second base station; The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell included in the second handover request information are specifically carried by the second base station and sent to the target base station. in the second terminal historical information.
17、 根据权利要求 15或 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中 的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 Ml、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 17. The method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接 口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的 S1接口应用协议标 识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL 18. The method according to claim 17, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first zone, the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC- L The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first zone, the C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
19、 根据权利要求 17或 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比 特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 19. The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate Attributes, cell range extension attributes, business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
20、 根据权利要求 15至 19中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二 小区中的类別标识或组标识。 20. The method according to any one of claims 15 to 19, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: The C-RNTI in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 21. The method according to claim 20, wherein M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, The S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell short MAC-L The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, the C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell
22、 根据权利要求 15至 21中任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 22. The method according to any one of claims 15 to 21, characterized in that,
所述第一切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 The first handover request information also includes: the identification information of the first cell of the first base station; the second handover request information also includes: the identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, The second handover request information also includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
23、 一种终端的切换方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 23. A terminal switching method, characterized by including:
第一基站向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括 终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; The first base station sends first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
所述第一基站接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所 述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第 一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息,在所述终 端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之后,所述终端 从所述第二基站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区; The first base station receives the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information. The handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. After the terminal is handed over from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal switches from The second cell of the second base station is switched to the fourth cell of the third base station;
所述第一基站接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后向所 述第一基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息; The first base station receives a handover report sent to the first base station after the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. The handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station. identification information in;
所述第一基站根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一 基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 The first base station identifies the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and performs mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息 包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基 站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中。 24. The method according to claim 23, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. The first terminal historical information of the second base station.
25、 根据权利要求 23或 24所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中 的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 Ml、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 25. The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接 口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的 S1接口应用协议标 识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL 26. The method according to claim 25, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier of the terminal in the first zone Identification S1AP ID, the short media access control integrity verification value short MAC-L of the terminal in the first cell, the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first zone, the terminal C-RNTL in the first cell
27、 根据权利要求 25或 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率 属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 27. The method according to claim 25 or 26, characterized in that the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
28、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包 括: 28. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元, 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述第一切 换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; A handover request sending unit, configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二 小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息; a handover response receiving unit, configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, the The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the first base station to the terminal;
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息, 所 述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第 二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所 述第二小区中的标识信息; A handover request receiving unit, configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell, or, the second handover The request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell;
资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切 换到所述第一基站的第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括 所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; A resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the In the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元,用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了 乒乓切换; A ping-pong determination unit, configured to determine whether a ping-pong event occurs in the terminal according to the second handover request information. ping pong switching;
优化单元, 用于当所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换时,根据所 述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 An optimization unit configured to, when the first base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and Mobility parameter optimization is performed based on the handover data.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息 包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基 站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; 29. The base station according to claim 28, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. In the first terminal historical information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第 一基站的第二终端历史信息中。 The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell included in the second handover request information are specifically carried by the second base station and sent to the first cell. in the second terminal historical information of the base station.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中 的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 Ml、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 30. The base station according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that, the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
31、 根据权利要求 30所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接 口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的 S1接口应用协议标 识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第一小区中的 C-RNTI。 31. The base station according to claim 30, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first zone, the short media access control integrity verification value of the terminal in the first cell short MAC- L is the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first zone, and the C-RNTI of the terminal in the first cell.
32、 根据权利要求 30或 31所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率 属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 32. The base station according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
33、 根据权利要求 28至 32中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二 小区中的类別标识或组标识。 33. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 32, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: The C-RNTI in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 34. The base station according to claim 33, wherein M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, The S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal C-RNTL in the second cell
35、 根据权利要求 28至 34中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一 切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 35. The base station according to any one of claims 28 to 34, characterized in that the first handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 The second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, the second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and the The identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
36、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第三基站, 所述第三基站包 括: 36. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes:
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息, 所述第 二切换请求信息包括终端在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所 述第二基站的第二小区中的标识信息,在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送 第二切换请求信息之前,所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二 基站的第二小区; A handover request receiving unit, configured to receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station, The identification information in the second cell, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second base station the second community;
资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第二基站发送第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切 换到所述第三基站的第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站 为所述终端分配的资源信息; A resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the In the fourth cell of the third base station, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
乒乓判断单元,用于根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了 乒乓切换; A ping-pong judgment unit, configured to judge whether a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal according to the second handover request information;
报告发送单元, 用于当所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换时, 向 所述第一基站发送切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的 第一小区中的标识信息。 A report sending unit configured to send a handover report to the first base station when the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, where the handover report includes: Identification information in the community.
37、 根据权利要求 36所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二切换请求信息 包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述第三基站的第二终端历史信息 中。 37. The base station according to claim 36, wherein the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell and identification information of the terminal in the second cell. The information is specifically carried in the second terminal history information sent by the second base station to the third base station.
38、 根据权利要求 36或 37所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第二小区中 的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 类別标识或组标识。 38. The base station according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. C-RNTI, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP 39. The base station according to claim 38, wherein the M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP of the terminal in the second cell
ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL ID, the S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the category identification or group identification of the terminal in the second cell, the The C-RNTL of the terminal in the second cell
40、 根据权利要求 38或 39所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 二小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率 属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 40. The base station according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
41、 根据权利要求 36至 40中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二 切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切 换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第二基站的第 二小区的标识信息。 41. The base station according to any one of claims 36 to 40, wherein the second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, the second The handover request information also includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
42、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第二基站, 所述第二基站包 括: 42. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes:
切换请求接收单元, 用于接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息, 所述第 一切换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; 资源分配单元, 用于根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源, 并 向所述第一基站发送第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切 换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站 为所述终端分配的资源信息; a handover request receiving unit, configured to receive the first handover request information sent by the first base station, the A handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station; a resource allocation unit, configured to allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information and send it to the first base station First handover request response information, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second cell of the second base station. The first handover request response information includes the first handover request response information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. resource information;
切换请求发送单元, 用于向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息, 所述目标基 站为第三基站或所述第一基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换 请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二 小区中的标识信息, 当所述目标基站为所述第一基站时, 所述第二切换请求信 息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括 所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识 信息; A handover request sending unit, configured to send second handover request information to a target base station, where the target base station is the third base station or the first base station. When the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information It includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes The identification information of the terminal in the first cell, or the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. ;
切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第二切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标 小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息。 A handover response receiving unit, configured to receive the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information. The request response information includes resource information allocated by the target base station to the terminal.
43、 根据权利要求 42所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息 包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基 站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中; 43. The base station according to claim 42, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. In the first terminal historical information of the second base station;
所述第二切换请求信息包括的所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息、所 述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第二基站发送给所述目 标基站的第二终端历史信息中。 The identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell included in the second handover request information are specifically carried by the second base station and sent to the target base station. in the second terminal historical information.
44、 根据权利要求 42或 43所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中 的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的移动信息 Ml、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 44. The base station according to claim 42 or 43, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information M1 of the terminal in the first zone, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
45、 根据权利要求 44所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接 口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的 S1接口应用协议标 识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL 45. The base station according to claim 44, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first zone, the short media access control integrity verification value of the terminal in the first cell short MAC-L The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first zone, the C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
46、 根据权利要求 44或 45所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的类別标识或组标识用于指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比 特率属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 46. The base station according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell is used to indicate at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate Attributes, cell range extension attributes, business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or a non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
47、 根据权利要求 42至 46中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端 在所述第二小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第 二小区中的 C-RNTI、所述终端在所述第二小区中的 MI、所述终端在所述第二 小区中的类別标识或组标识。 47. The base station according to any one of claims 42 to 46, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: The C-RNTI in the second cell, the MI of the terminal in the second cell, and the class identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell.
48、 根据权利要求 47所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第二小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第二小区中的 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第二小区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第二小区中的 C-RNTL 48. The base station according to claim 47, wherein M1 of the terminal in the second cell includes at least one of the following information: X2AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, The S1AP ID of the terminal in the second cell, the short MAC-L of the terminal in the second cell, the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the second cell, the terminal C-RNTL in the second cell
49、 根据权利要求 42至 48中任一项所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一 切换请求信息还包括: 所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息; 49. The base station according to any one of claims 42 to 48, characterized in that the first handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station;
所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息,或, 所述第二切换请求信息还包括:所述第一基站的第一小区的标识信息和所述第 二基站的第二小区的标识信息。 The second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station, or, the second handover request information further includes: identification information of the first cell of the first base station and the Identification information of the second cell of the second base station.
50、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站, 包括: 50. A base station, characterized in that, the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes:
切换请求发送单元, 用于向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息, 所述第一切 换请求信息包括终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; 切换响应接收单元, 用于接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信 息,并根据所述第一切换请求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二 小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信 息,在所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之 后, 所述终端从所述第二基站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区; 报告接收单元,用于接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后 向所述第一基站发送的切换报告, 所述切换报告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基 站的第一小区中的标识信息; A handover request sending unit, configured to send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station; a handover response receiving unit, configured to receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, the The first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. After the terminal is handed over from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the The terminal switches from the second cell of the second base station to the fourth cell of the third base station; a report receiving unit is configured to receive a report to the first base station after the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal. The handover report sent, the handover report includes: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
优化单元, 用于根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第 一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 The optimization unit is configured to identify the handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization according to the handover data.
51、 根据权利要求 50所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述第一切换请求信息 包括的终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息具体携带在所述第一基 站发送给所述第二基站的第一终端历史信息中。 51. The base station according to claim 50, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station included in the first handover request information is specifically carried by the first base station and sent to the first base station. The first terminal historical information of the second base station.
52、 根据权利要求 50或 51所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的标识信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述终端在所述第一小区中 的小区无线网络临时标识 C-RNTI、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的移动信息 Ml、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的类別标识或组标识。 52. The base station according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the identification information of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI, the mobility information M1 of the terminal in the first cell, and the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell.
53、 根据权利要求 52所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第一小 区中的 Ml包括以下信息中的至少一种: 所述终端在所述第一小区中的 X2接 口应用协议标识 X2AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一'』、区中的 S1接口应用协议标 识 S1AP ID、 所述终端在所述第一小区中的短的媒体访问控制完整性验证值 short MAC-L 所述终端在所述第一' 区中的类別标识或组标识、 所述终端在 所述第一小区中的 C-RNTL 53. The base station according to claim 52, wherein M1 of the terminal in the first cell includes at least one of the following information: X2 interface application of the terminal in the first cell The protocol identifier X2AP ID, the S1 interface application protocol identifier S1AP ID of the terminal in the first zone, the short media access control integrity verification value of the terminal in the first cell short MAC- L The category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first zone, the C-RNTL of the terminal in the first cell
54、 根据权利要求 52或 53所述的基站, 其特征在于, 所述终端在所述第 一小区中的类別标识或组标识指示以下内容中的至少一种: 速率属性、 比特率 属性、 小区范围扩展属性、 业务属性; 54. The base station according to claim 52 or 53, wherein the category identifier or group identifier of the terminal in the first cell indicates at least one of the following: rate attribute, bit rate attribute, Cell range extension attributes and business attributes;
其中, 所述终端的速率属性指示所述终端为高速终端或低速终端; 所述终端的比特率属性指示所述终端为保证比特率 GBR终端或非保证比 特率 non-GBR终端; Wherein, the rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a high-speed terminal or a low-speed terminal; the bit rate attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a guaranteed bit rate GBR terminal or a non-guaranteed bit rate non-GBR terminal;
所述终端的小区范围扩展属性指示所述终端为小区范围扩展 CRE终端或 非小区范围扩展 non-CRE终端; The cell range extension attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a cell range extension CRE terminal or Non-cell range extension non-CRE terminal;
所述终端的业务属性指示所述终端为进行上行业务的终端或进行下行业 务的终端。 The service attribute of the terminal indicates that the terminal is a terminal that performs uplink services or a terminal that performs downlink services.
55、 一种终端的切换***, 其特征在于, 所述终端的切换***, 包括: 如 权利要求 28至 35中任一项所述的第一基站和如权利要求 42至 49中任一项所 述的第二基站; 55. A switching system for a terminal, characterized in that the switching system for the terminal includes: the first base station as claimed in any one of claims 28 to 35 and the first base station as claimed in any one of claims 42 to 49. The second base station mentioned above;
或, 如权利要求 36至 41中任一项所述的第三基站、 如权利要求 42至 49 中任一项所述的第二基站、 如权利要求 5054中任一项所述的第一基站。 Or, the third base station as described in any one of claims 36 to 41, the second base station as described in any one of claims 42 to 49, or the third base station as described in any one of claims 50 to 54 . The first base station.
56、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包 括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器; 56. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤: Wherein, the processor performs the following steps:
向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; Send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息; Receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes Resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
接收所述第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括 所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息, 或, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述 终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; 根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第一基站的 第一小区或者第三小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第一基站为所述 终端分配的资源信息; Receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell, or, the second handover request information includes where the terminal is in the first cell. Identification information in the first cell and identification information of the terminal in the second cell; allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send a second handover to the second base station Request response information so that the second base station switches the terminal to the first cell or the third cell of the first base station, and the second handover request response information includes the allocation of the terminal by the first base station to the terminal. resource information;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换; 若所述第一基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,根据所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的切换数据, 并根据所述切换数 据进行移动性参数优化。 Determine whether a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal according to the second handover request information; if the first base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, identify the terminal according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell. Handover data stored in the first base station, and mobility parameter optimization is performed based on the handover data.
57、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第三基站, 所述第三基站包 括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器; 57. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a third base station, and the third base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤: 接收第二基站发送的第二切换请求信息,所述第二切换请求信息包括终端 在第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息、所述终端在所述第二基站的第二小区中 的标识信息, 在所述第二基站在向所述第三基站发送第二切换请求信息之前, 所述终端从所述第一基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区; Wherein, the processor performs the following steps: Receive second handover request information sent by the second base station, where the second handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station and identification of the terminal in the second cell of the second base station. information, before the second base station sends the second handover request information to the third base station, the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station;
根据所述第二切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第二基站发送 第二切换请求响应信息,以使所述第二基站将所述终端切换到所述第三基站的 第四小区,所述第二切换请求响应信息包括所述第三基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息; Allocate resources to the terminal according to the second handover request information, and send second handover request response information to the second base station, so that the second base station switches the terminal to the third base station. Four cells, the second handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the third base station to the terminal;
根据所述第二切换请求信息判断所述终端是否发生了乒乓切换; Determine whether a ping-pong handover occurs in the terminal according to the second handover request information;
若所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换,向所述第一基站发送切换 才艮告,所述切换 4艮告包括:所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息。 If the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, it sends a handover report to the first base station. The handover report includes: the terminal in the first cell of the first base station. Identification information.
58、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第二基站, 所述第二基站包 括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器; 58. A base station, characterized in that the base station is specifically a second base station, and the second base station includes: an input device, an output device, a memory and a processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤: Wherein, the processor performs the following steps:
接收第一基站发送的第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端 在所述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; Receive first handover request information sent by the first base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
根据所述第一切换请求信息向所述终端分配资源,并向所述第一基站发送 第一切换请求响应信息,以使所述第一基站将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的 第二小区,所述第一切换请求响应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资 源信息; Allocate resources to the terminal according to the first handover request information, and send first handover request response information to the first base station, so that the first base station switches the terminal to the second base station. In the second cell, the first handover request response information includes resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal;
向目标基站发送第二切换请求信息,所述目标基站为第三基站或所述第一 基站, 当所述目标基站为第三基站时, 所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在 所述第一小区中的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息,当所述 目标基站为所述第一基站时,所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一 小区中的标识信息,或所述第二切换请求信息包括所述终端在所述第一小区中 的标识信息和所述终端在所述第二小区中的标识信息; Send second handover request information to a target base station, which is a third base station or the first base station. When the target base station is the third base station, the second handover request information includes the terminal in the The identification information in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. When the target base station is the first base station, the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the second cell. The identification information in a cell, or the second handover request information includes the identification information of the terminal in the first cell and the identification information of the terminal in the second cell;
接收所述目标基站发送的第二切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第二切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述目标基站的目标小区,所述第二切换请求响 应信息包括所述目标基站为所述终端分配的资源信息。 Receive the second handover request response information sent by the target base station, and switch the terminal to the target cell of the target base station according to the second handover request response information, where the second handover request response information includes the target Resource information allocated by the base station to the terminal.
59、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包 括: 输入装置、 输出装置、 存储器和处理器; 59. A base station, characterized in that, the base station is specifically a first base station, and the first base station includes Including: input device, output device, memory and processor;
其中, 所述处理器执行以下步骤: Wherein, the processor performs the following steps:
向第二基站发送第一切换请求信息,所述第一切换请求信息包括终端在所 述第一基站的第一小区中的标识信息; Send first handover request information to the second base station, where the first handover request information includes identification information of the terminal in the first cell of the first base station;
接收所述第二基站发送的第一切换请求响应信息,并根据所述第一切换请 求响应信息将所述终端切换到所述第二基站的第二小区,所述第一切换请求响 应信息包括所述第二基站为所述终端分配的资源信息,在所述终端从所述第一 基站的第一小区切换到所述第二基站的第二小区之后,所述终端从所述第二基 站的第二小区切换到了所述第三基站的第四小区; Receive the first handover request response information sent by the second base station, and switch the terminal to the second cell of the second base station according to the first handover request response information, where the first handover request response information includes The resource information allocated by the second base station to the terminal. After the terminal switches from the first cell of the first base station to the second cell of the second base station, the terminal switches from the second base station to the second cell of the second base station. The second cell of the third base station is switched to the fourth cell of the third base station;
接收所述第三基站判定所述终端发生了乒乓切换之后向所述第一基站发 送的切换4艮告, 所述切换 4艮告包括: 所述终端在所述第一基站的第一小区中的 标识信息; Receive a handover report sent to the first base station after the third base station determines that a ping-pong handover has occurred in the terminal, where the handover report includes: the terminal is in the first cell of the first base station identification information;
根据所述终端在所述第一小区中的标识信息,识別所述第一基站内存储的 切换数据, 并根据所述切换数据进行移动性参数优化。 Identify handover data stored in the first base station according to the identification information of the terminal in the first cell, and perform mobility parameter optimization based on the handover data.
+ +
PCT/CN2013/084453 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 Switching method for terminal, base station and system WO2015042869A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/084453 WO2015042869A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 Switching method for terminal, base station and system
CN201380001656.9A CN104823482B (en) 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 A kind of switching method of terminal and base station and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/084453 WO2015042869A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 Switching method for terminal, base station and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015042869A1 true WO2015042869A1 (en) 2015-04-02

Family

ID=52741813

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/084453 WO2015042869A1 (en) 2013-09-27 2013-09-27 Switching method for terminal, base station and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104823482B (en)
WO (1) WO2015042869A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021072722A1 (en) * 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
CN110837891B (en) * 2019-10-23 2022-05-17 南京大学 Self-organizing mapping method and system based on SIMD (Single instruction multiple data) architecture
WO2022067559A1 (en) * 2020-09-29 2022-04-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Request sending method, response information sending method, and position information acquisition method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101873620A (en) * 2009-04-22 2010-10-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for judging inter-cell reselection parameter and handover parameter matching
CN102026232A (en) * 2010-09-29 2011-04-20 新邮通信设备有限公司 Cooperative measurement and switching setting optimization method among multiple cells in mobile communication network
US20120165023A1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Mobility management method for use in cellular mobile communication system
WO2013020599A1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2013-02-14 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Optimizing a handover behavior of a mobile radio communication network based on an extended report message comprising information about a performed handover
JP2013093732A (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-05-16 Fujitsu Ltd Analyzer, analysis method, and analysis program
JP2013135282A (en) * 2011-12-26 2013-07-08 Kddi Corp Apparatus and method for handover parameter adjustment control, and computer program

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101873620A (en) * 2009-04-22 2010-10-27 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for judging inter-cell reselection parameter and handover parameter matching
CN102026232A (en) * 2010-09-29 2011-04-20 新邮通信设备有限公司 Cooperative measurement and switching setting optimization method among multiple cells in mobile communication network
US20120165023A1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Mobility management method for use in cellular mobile communication system
WO2013020599A1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2013-02-14 Nokia Siemens Networks Oy Optimizing a handover behavior of a mobile radio communication network based on an extended report message comprising information about a performed handover
JP2013093732A (en) * 2011-10-25 2013-05-16 Fujitsu Ltd Analyzer, analysis method, and analysis program
JP2013135282A (en) * 2011-12-26 2013-07-08 Kddi Corp Apparatus and method for handover parameter adjustment control, and computer program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104823482B (en) 2019-04-19
CN104823482A (en) 2015-08-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7302648B2 (en) Wireless terminal and method
US20240015620A1 (en) Signaling optimization method and device
US10624141B2 (en) Transmission method and device for sidelink information and communication system
JP6319603B2 (en) Cell handover method, base station, and system
US11412563B2 (en) Multi-connectivity communication method and device
US9642045B2 (en) Method and device for releasing context-related resource of user equipment
US9706461B2 (en) Method of handover in device to device communication, base station and communication system
CN111225453B (en) Communication method and device
WO2017045149A1 (en) Method and apparatus for releasing radio resource control (rrc) connection
US9351212B2 (en) PLMN selection method, mobile terminal, BSC and core network device
US11589331B2 (en) Interface establishing method and apparatus
WO2017012299A1 (en) Selection method and device for cell reestablishment in network sharing
WO2018142345A1 (en) Measurement collection in wireless communication networks
CN103548386A (en) Pre-configured redirection information
JP2012249245A (en) Base station device, communication system and communication method
CN111294870A (en) Voice service switching method, device and storage medium
WO2019105596A1 (en) Method and apparatus for updating neighboring base station relations
WO2017185374A1 (en) Method for processing voice service and base station
CN110446274B (en) Tunnel establishment method and device
WO2013060141A1 (en) Method, apparatus and evolved node b(enb) for cell identification
US20220330056A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus
KR101709824B1 (en) Method and system for radio link failure information processing
WO2015042869A1 (en) Switching method for terminal, base station and system
WO2013091355A1 (en) Link deletion method, device and system
US20170006520A1 (en) Handover method, terminal, base station, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13894734

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13894734

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1